UTILIZING METALLOSUPRAMOLECULAR POLYMERS AS SMART
MATERIALS
by
JUSTIN R. KUMPFER
Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements
for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
Dissertation Adviser: Dr. Stuart J. Rowan
Department of Macromolecular Science and Engineering
CASE WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY
May, 2012
CASE WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY
SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES
We hereby approve the thesis/dissertation of
Justin Richard Kumpfer ______
Doctor of Philosophy candidate for the______degree.*
Dr. Stuart Rowan (signed)______
Dr. João Maia ______
Dr. Mohan Sankaran ______
Dr. David Schiraldi ______
March 20th, 2012 (date of defense)______
*We also certify that written approval has been obtained for any proprietary material contained therein.
ii
Table of Contents
List of Figures vii
Acknowledgments xv
Abstract xvi
Chapter 1: Introduction 1
1.1 Metal-Ligand Interactions 2
1.2 Metallosupramolecular Polymers 7
1.2.1 Main-Chain Metallosupramolecular Polymers 11
1.2.2 Side-Chain Metallosupramolecular Polymers 23
1.3 Thesis Scope 26
1.4 References 28
Chapter 2: Stimuli-Responsive Europium-Containing Metallosupramolecular
Polymers 32
2.1 Introduction 33
2.2 Results and Discussion 37
2.2.1 Optical Properties of the Metallosupramolecular Polymer Films 40
2.2.2 Thermomechaincal Properties 44
2.2.3 Stimuli-Responsive Behavior 48
2.3 Conclusions 53
2.4 Experimental Methods 53
2.5 Acknowledgments 59
iii
2.6 References 60
Chapter 3: Influence of Metal-Ion and Polymer Core on the Melt Rheology of
Metallosupramolecular Films 63
3.1 Introduction 64
3.2 Results and Discussion 65
3.2.1 Influence of Eu3+ Content 67
3.2.2 Influence of the Core Polymer 76
3.2.3 Response at High Strain 83
3.3 Conclusions 87
3.4 Experimental Methods 88
3.5 Acknowledgments 90
3.6 References 91
Chapter 4: Thermo-, Photo-, and Chemo-Responsive Shape-Memory Properties
from Photocrosslinked Metallosupramolecular Polymers 95
4.1 Introduction 96
4.2 Results and Discussion 101
4.2.1 Material Properties 101
4.2.2 Thermally-Induced Shape-Memory Properties 106
4.2.3 Light-Induced Shape-Memory Properties 108
4.2.4 Effect of Different Metals and Counterions on the Light-Induced
Shape-Memory Behavior 115
iv
4.2.5 Localized Shape-Memory Response 119
4.2.6 Chemo-Responsive Shape-Memory Effect 121
4.3 Conclusions 123
4.4 Experimental Methods 123
4.5 Acknowledgments 129
4.6 References 130
Chapter 5: Vapochromic and Piezochromic Films From Platinum Complex Polymer
Blends 135
5.1 Introduction 136
5.2 Results and Discussion 139
5.2.1 Spectroscopic Studies 142
5.2.2 Structural Properties 150
5.2.3 Mechanochromic behavior 153
5.3 Conclusions 157
5.4 Experimental Methods 158
5.5 Acknowledgments 163
5.6 References 163
Chapter 6: Fabrication of Platinum Nanoparticles Utilizing Metallosupramolecular
Polymers as Templates 169
6.1 Introduction 171
6.2 Results and Discussion 173
v
6.2.1 Morphological Studies 175
6.2.2 Reduction of Metallosupramolecular Polymers using Extracted
Discharge 182
6.2.3 Nanoparticle Growth and Assembly 187
6.3 Conclusions 191
6.4 Experimental Methods 191
6.5 Acknowledgments 195
6.6 References 195
Chapter 7: Self-Assembly of Metallosupramolecular Polymers in the Melt 197
7.1 Introduction 198
7.2 Results and Discussion 200
7.2.1 Polymer Synthesis and Characterization 200
7.2.2 Self-Assembly in the Melt 205
7.3 Conclusions 215
7.4 Experimental 215
7.5 Acknowledgments 221
7.6 References 221
Bibliography 225
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1 Examples of different metal-ligand coordination geometries. 3
Figure 1.2 a) Schematic representation of the equilibrium thermodynamic and kinetic properties of a 2:1 complex and b) schematic of selective ligand exchange. 5
Figure 1.3 Schematic representation of a metal-ligand complex for chemical sensing applications. 6
Figure 1.4 Schematic overview of some of the potential properties of metallosupramolecular polymers. 7
Figure 1.5 Influence of stoichiometry in main-chain supramolecular polymers on degree of polymerization as a function of concentration. 10
Figure 1.6 Example of dynamic ligand exchange between nonemissive compounds 1.4 and 1.5 to yield a new emissive polymer. 13
Figure 1.7 Structure of 1.7 used to prepared water soluble metallosupramolecular polymers and schematic of assembly with b) Nd3+ and c) Nd3+:Zn2+ in a 3:1 ratio. 15
Figure 1.8 Schematic illustration of the fabrication of a conducting metallosupramolecular polymer/electrode device for a nitric oxide sensor by measuring the resistance. 18
Figure 1.9 a) Images of stimuli-responsive metallosupramolecular gels which respond to electrical oxidation and reduction and b) the material properties as a function of the order of metal addition. 19
Figure 1.10 a) Schematic representation of the mechanism of optical healing of a metallosupramolecular polymer and images of self-healing with UV irradiation by b) AFM and c) visible recovery. 22
Figure 1.11 Example of side-chain metallosupramolecular polymers with lanthanides which demonstrate irreversible and/or reversible thermo-responsive changes in emission. 25
Figure 2.1 Synthesis of macromonomer 2. 37
vii
Figure 2.2 a) 1H NMR of macromonomer 2 and b) plot of molecular weight of 2 vs polymerization time. 39
Figure 2.3 UV-vis titration curves of 2 with a) Eu(ClO4)3 and c) Zn(ClO4)2 along with determination of the binding ratios for b) Eu(ClO4)3 and d) Zn(ClO4)2. e) Schematic representation of the self-assembly of 2 with Zn2+ and Eu3+. 41
Figure 2.4 Picture before and after stretching of a Zn2+:Eu3+ 70:30 film with 2. 42
Figure 2.5 a) Images of the fluorescence of a series of films with Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios ranging from 100:0 to 50:50, b) the corresponding PL spectra, and c) schematic of the antenna effect. 43
Figure 2.6 DMTA temperature sweeps of films with Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0-50:50 ratios a) annealed and b) unannealed. 45
Figure 2.7 DMTA temperature sweeps of films with Zn2+:Eu3+ 80:5-80:20 ratios. 46
Figure 2.8 a) WAXS diffractograms of select films with Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios of 100:0, 90:10, 70:30, and 50:50 and b) a schematic of the change in ordering as the amount of Eu3+ is increased. 48
Figure 2.9 a) Pictures of the thermal stimuli-responsive sensing capability of a Zn2+:Eu3+ 70:30 film. Influence on the PL spectra with temperature focusing on the Eu3+ metal-based emission as b) temperature is increased and c) temperature is cycled between room temperature and 120 °C. 50
Figure 2.10 Pictures of a Zn2+:Eu3+ 70:30 film a) as cast, b) dipped in a 10 mM solution of triethyl phosphate in hexanes for 1 min., c) exposed to triethyl phosphate vapor for 24 hrs., and d) dipped directly into triethyl phosphate along with d) the corresponding change in the PL spectra. 52
Figure 2.11 13C NMR of 2. 56
Figure 2.12 MALDI-TOF of 2. 56
Figure 2.13 MALDI-TOF-TOF of 2. 57
Figure 2.14 PL spectra of 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0-50:50 in solution. 58
Figure 2.15 TGA of films of 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0-50:50. 58
viii
Figure 3.1 Chemical structures of macromonomers 2 and 3. 66
Figure 3.2 Master curves of films prepared with 2 containing Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0-50:50 ratios. 69
Figure 3.3 Time-temperature superposition curves of tan δ vs ω a) for films prepared with 2 and Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0-50:50 with temperatures ranging from 30 °C to 110 °C and b) a Zn2+:Eu3+ 60:40 film with 2 from -30 °C to 70 °C. 71
Figure 3.4 Shift factors a) horizontal and b) vertical for films prepared with 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0-50:50 ratios. 73
Figure 3.5 Time-temperature superposition plot of complex viscosity vs ω for films prepared with 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0-50:50 ratios. 76
Figure 3.6 TEM micrographs of a) 100% Zn(NTf2)2 and b) 100% La(NTf2)3 films prepared with 3. 78
Figure 3.7 SAXS of a) films prepared with 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0-50:50 ratios and b) comparison of Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0 films prepared with 2 and 3. c) Schematic of ordered self-assembly of 2 and 3 upon addition of Zn2+ and/or Eu3+. 79
Figure 3.8 Master curves comparing film prepared with 2 vs 3 for Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios of a) 100:0, b) 50:50, and c) 0:100. 81
Figure 3.9 a) Horizontal and b) vertical shift factors of film prepared with 2 and Zn2+:Eu3+ 0:100 and prepared with 3 with Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0, 50:50, and 0:100. 82
Figure 3.10 Strain sweeps of films prepared with 2 and Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios a) 100:0, b) 90:10, c) 80:20, d) 70:30, e) 60:40, and f) 50:50 along with images of the stress response both inside and outside the viscoelastic region. 84
Figure 4.1 a) Example of typical shape-memory polymer behavior and b) an example of a typical one-way shape-memory curve. 97
Figure 4.2 Schematic of the mechanism of light-induced shape-memory behavior for films prepared with 4. 100
Figure 4.3 a) Synthesis of macromonomer 4 and b) 1H NMR of macromonomer 4. 102
ix
Figure 4.4 Schematic of photocrosslinking of films prepared with 4 and Eu3+ using a tetrathiol crosslinker. 103
Figure 4.5 Pictures of using photocrosslinking to prepare a 4.1∙Eu(NTf2)3 film with a permanent spiral shape. 104
Figure 4.6 a) SAXS of an uncrosslinked film of 4∙Eu(NTF2)3 and b) DMTA temperature sweeps of 4-4.3∙Eu(NTf2)3 films. 105
Figure 4.7 Thermal one-way shape-memory cycles for 4.1-4.3∙Eu(NTf2)3 films. 108
Figure 4.8 Pictures of light-induced shape-memory behavior of a 4.1∙Eu(NTf2)3 film. 109
2 Figure 4.9 Pictures of a 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film a) under low intensity (70 mW/cm ) UV light and b) selectively irradiating half of the film with high intensity (1000 mW/cm2) UV light. Controlled force shape-memory experiments on c) 4.1∙Eu(NTf2)3, d) 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3, and e) 4.3∙Eu(NTf2)3 films. 111
Figure 4.10 Strain fixing and recovery of films of 4.1-4.3∙Eu(NTf2)3. 112
Figure 4.11 a) Controlled force shape-memory experiment of a 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film using a cutoff (<400 nm) filter and b) the effect of crosslinking on the creep rate for 4.1-4.3∙Eu(NTf2)3 films. 114
* Figure 4.12 SAXS of a 4.1∙Eu(NTf2)3 film. a) 1D plot of q in the permanent, strained, and recovered state and b) 2D scattering plot. 115
Figure 4.13 Controlled force shape-memory experiments of a) 4.2∙Zn(NTf2)2 and b) 4.2∙Zn(OTf)2. Strain fixing and recovery of 4.2 with Eu(NTf2)3, Zn(NTf2)2, and Zn(OTf)2. 117
Figure 4.14 DMTA temperature sweeps of a) a 4.2∙Zn(NTf2)2 film, b) a 4.2∙Zn(OTf)2 film, and c) uncrosslinked films of 4∙Eu(NTf2)3, 4∙Zn(NTf2)2, and 4∙Zn(OTf)2. 119
Figure 4.15 Pictures of localized shape-memory behavior with UV light of a 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film by selectively opening sides of the film in a box shape. 120
Figure 4.16 Pictures of chemo-responsive shape-memory behavior of a 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film with methanol vapor. 122
x
Figure 4.17 13C NMR of 4. 126
Figure 4.18 MALDI-TOF of 4. 127
Figure 4.19 UV-vis titration of 4 with Zn(ClO4)2. 127
Figure 5.1 a) Synthesis of 5 and complexation with Pt2+ and 1H NMR of b) 5 and c) [Pt(5)Cl](PF6). 140
Figure 5.2 Images of a) the vapochromic response of 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA upon exposure to acetonitrile vapor, POM of b) 2.5% and c) 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA, and FM of d) 2.5% and e) 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA. 142
Figure 5.3 UV-vis curves of 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in a) PMMA, b) PEMA, c) PBcIBMA, and d) PBMA demonstrating a vapochromic response to acetonitrile vapor and recovery after 24 hrs. 143
Figure 5.4 Kinetics of the change in UV-vis absorption upon acetonitrile vapor exposure and recovery after 24 hrs or heating to 100 °C of a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PEMA film. 145
Figure 5.5 Images of the emission of thin films of 10% [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) w/w in PMMA a) as cast and b) after exposure to acetonitrile. c) PL of the emission change with time upon exposure. 147
Figure 5.6 Normalized PL spectra of the vapochromic behavior of films prepared with 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in a) PMMA, b) PEMA, c) PBcIBMA, and d) PBMA. 148
Figure 5.7 Unnormalized PL spectra of heating a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA film. 149
Figure 5.8 WAXS diffractograms of films of PMMA containing a) 2.5, b) 5, c) 10, and d) 20% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6). 150
Figure 5.9 WAXS diffractograms of the neat polymer matrix and 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in a) PMMA, b) PEMA, c) PBcIBMA, and d) PBMA before and after acetonitrile exposure. 152
xi
Figure 5.10 Mechanochromic response of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) on filter paper demonstrating a) yellow color and b) emission and c) orange color and d) emission after scraping. e) PL spectrum of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) before and after mechanical stimulation. 154
Figure 5.11 Images of the mechanoluminescent change of a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA film upon a) scratching or b) hitting and c) the PL spectrum of the compressed film. 156
13 Figure 5.12 C NMR of 5 in CDCl3. 160
Figure 5.13 NALDI of 5. 160
13 Figure 5.14 C NMR of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in (CD3)2SO. 161
Figure 5.15 NALDI of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6). 162
Figure 6.1 Synthesis of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2), [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2), and [Pt2(6)Cl2](Cl2). 171
Figure 6.2 Schematic of the reduction of the metallosupramolecular polymer thin films by extracted discharge to fabricate nanoparticles. 173
Figure 6.3 a) DMTA of [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2). b) Images of films prepared from b) [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) and c) [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2). 175
Figure 6.4 Morphological characterization of a [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) film using a) SAXS and b) WAXS and c) SAXS and d) WAXS of a film of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2). 177
Figure 6.5 Schematic showing the partial short range structures of metallosupramolecular polymers. 179
Figure 6.6 Experimental setup of the reduction of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2), [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2), or [Pt2(6)Cl2](Cl2) by extracted discharge from a microplasma. 180
Figure 6.7 TEM images of platinum nanoparticles formed from [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) after exposure times of a) 0, b) 0.5, c) 1, and d) 3 hrs. 181
Figure 6.8 TEM of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) after attempts at reduction by a) extracted discharge (200 µA), b) microplasma (0 µA), c) UV light, and ethylene glycol reflux. 183
xii
Figure 6.9 Particle size distributions for [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2), [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2), and [Pt2(6)Cl2](Cl2) with exposure time. 185
Figure 6.10 Effect of exposure time and polymer core on a) average particle size and b) particle density. 186
1 Figure 6.11 H NMR of a) 2 and [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2). 191
Figure 7.1 Schematic representation of self-assembly of a metallosupramolecular network at the interface between two polymer layers. 200
Figure 7.2 a) Synthesis of 7x and b) 9x. 201
Figure 7.3 GPC of 710 and 750. 202
1 Figure 7.4 H NMR of 710 and 910. 203
13 Figure 7.5 C NMR of 8, 710, and 910. 204
Figure 7.6 TGA of a) 710 and b) 910. 205
Figure 7.7 UV-vis before and after formation of a metallosupramolecular network with a) 910 (10% w/w), b) 910 (25% w/w), c) 950 (10% w/w), and d) 950 (25% w/w). 207
Figure 7.8 PL before and after formation of a metallosupramolecular network with a) 910 (10%), b) 910 (25%), c) 950 (10%), and d) 950 (25%). 209
Figure 7.9 a) Unnormalized and b) normalized variable-temperature PL spectra of a 2+ two-layer film of 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (10% w/w). 209
Figure 7.10 a) Image of the change in emission color and intensity upon formation of a 2+ metallosupramolecular network from 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (10% w/w) and b) image of the phosphorescence observed in the same film. 211
2+ Figure 7.11 Change in UV-vis and PL with contact time for 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (10% and 25% w/w). 212
Figure 7.12 Confocal microscopy of the self-assembled polymers prepared from 2+ 2+ 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (10% and 25% w/w) and 950:PS / Zn :PMMA. 215
xiii
Figure 7.13 1H NMR of 8. 219
Figure 7.14 13C NMR of 8. 219
Figure 7.15 NALDI of 8. 220
xiv
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
“In his heart a man plans his course, but the LORD determines his steps.” Proverbs 16:9
I would like to thank first and foremost my Lord and Savior Jesus Christ for giving me
His grace, love, strength, wisdom, and guidance. Without Him I would not be the person
I am today.
I would like to thank my amazing wife, Sarah, for her never-ending support, love, and optimism and also my family for their love and constant support.
Finally I would like to thank my advisor, Stuart, for his guidance and advice and also my fellow group members for their help and companionship.
xv
Utilizing Metallosupramolecular Polymers as Smart Materials
Abstract
by
JUSTIN R. KUMPFER
This dissertation focuses on the preparation and properties of a number of
metallosupramolecular polymers, which combine the processability and mechanical
properties of polymers with the functionality of metals. Ditopic 2,6-bis(N- methylbenzimidazol-2ʹ-yl)pyridine (Mebip) ligand end-capped metallosupramolecular polymers coordinated with Zn2+ and Eu3+ metal-ions and their resulting stimuli-
responsive properties were initially investigated. These polymers were found to exhibit
thermo- and chemo-responsive properties directly related to the Eu3+ content. Structure-
property relationships were investigated using detailed rheological and morphological
studies which revealed that the nature of the polymer core strongly influences the
mechanical properties and degree of phase separation of the metal-ligand complexes.
This work was expanded upon using a crosslinkable polymer core to form metallosupramolecular polymer films which show shape-memory properties. The shape- memory behavior was able to be triggered using temperature, UV light, or solvents and the shape fixing was tailorable using different metal-ions and counterions. Continued investigations into the use of different metal-ions yielded mechanically stable
xvi
vapochromic materials by blending small-molecule Mebip:Pt2+ complexes into a series of
polymethacrylates. The use of a polymer matrix revealed that the films also displayed
piezochromic properties. Pt2+ was then used to form metallosupramolecular polymers with the ditopic macromonomers previously studied to give films which assemble via Pt
– Pt interactions. Thin films of the Pt2+-containing polymers were utilized as templates in the formation of Pt nanoparticles with <5 nm diameter by reduction using electrons generated from an extracted discharge from an atmospheric microplasma. The particle size and density was found to be directly related to the polymer core and exposure time.
Finally, a side-chain Mebip-functionalized polymer blended into a polymer matrix was compression molded with a polymer blend containing Zn2+ to form a
metallosupramolecular polymer network at the polymer-polymer interface. Spectroscopy
was used to confirm that formation of the metallosupramolecular polymer occurred
within 5 mins at the processing temperature (210 °C) and microscopy confirmed the
location of the metallosupramolecular polymer to be at the interface between the two
polymer layers.
xvii
CHAPTER 1
Introduction
The interest and development of supramolecular materials1-3 has grown
tremendously in the past two decades beginning with the Nobel Prize winning work of
Lehn, Pederson, and Cram in 1987 on host-guest interactions with crown ethers.4 The use
of supramolecular chemistry has in large part grown because of the vast potential of
possible assemblies resulting from a wide variety of available interactions, including
hydrogen bonding,5-7 π – π interactions,8 and metal coordination.9-11 Supramolecular
polymers differ from conventional polymers as their formation results from self-assembly which requires no use of initiators or catalysts, and that the noncovalent interactions can be reversible in nature which has led to their use as stimuli-responsive materials which are more susceptible to various environmental factors (heat, pH, solvent, etc…).
A class of supramolecular polymers which have received increasing attention are metallosupramolecular polymers12-14 which utilize noncovalent interactions between metals and ligands as the self-assembling motif. Metallosupramolecular polymers are interesting as they offer the potential to combine the mechanical properties and processability of polymers with the inherent functionalities of metals.
1.1 METAL-LIGAND INTERACTIONS
A compelling aspect to using metal-ligand interactions is that there is a huge collection of ligands available which have the potential to be combined with the majority of transition metals and lanthanide metals. The characteristics of the metal-ligand assembly, such as geometry, stoichiometry, reversibility, and stability, can be tailored by judicious choice of the ligand and metal-ion used which allows for the development of materials with targeted properties.
2
The geometry of the assembly can be influenced by the ligand (monodentate vs
bidentate vs terdentate) or the number of coordination sites of the metal-ion. Along with
this, there can be homo-complexes, in which all the ligands are the same, or hetero-
complexes, which utilize two or more types of ligands. An example of the difference in
geometry with simple changes to the ligand and/or metal is shown in Figure 1.1 for
homo-complexes with either bipyridine or terpyridine. A hexacoordinate metal (ex. Zn2+,
Fe2+, etc…) is able to form 3:1 ligand:metal-ion complexes when a bidentate ligand is
used, however, if the same metal is coordinated with a terdentate ligand, a 2:1
ligand:metal-ion complex will be obtained. Furthermore, changing the metal-ion to a lanthanide which has more coordination sites (8-10), a 3:1 complex can be created using a terdentate ligand. This demonstrates just a simple example of the variability in designing metal-ligand architectures using complexes containing the same ligands and the use of multiple different ligands allows for the creation of much more structurally complex architectures. Using this, it is easy to envision fine-tuning the metal-ligand complex to meet desired criteria by careful selection of metal and ligand.
Figure 1.1 Examples of different metal-ligand geometries by changing the ligand (bidentate or terdentate) or the metal (MII vs MIII).
3
Other than geometry, two important factors in designing materials that use metal-
ligand interactions are the kinetics (labile vs inert) and the thermodynamic stability. The
kinetic parameters (k1, k-1, k2, k-2, etc…) relate to the rate of
complexation/decomplexation as shown in Figure 1.2a. Along with the kinetics, the
thermodynamic properties, which are expressed in terms of the individual or overall
binding constant (K1 or Kn), relate to the stability of the metal-ligand complex, with
stronger binding systems being more stable. An example of the large differences in the
thermodynamic and kinetics properties is shown by an examination of complexes formed
with terpyridine ligands and various metals.15 By simply changing the metal-ion used
from Fe2+ to Co2+, the overall binding constant decreases by approximately three orders
of magnitude. Likewise, a dramatic change in the dissociation rates were observed with a
change from ~10-3 s-1 for a 2:1 terpyridine:Co2+ complex to ~10-7 s-1 for the same
complex with Fe2+. Of course the thermodynamic and kinetic parameters can be
influenced by their environment as stated before which can also allow for further fine-
tuning of the metal-ligand properties.
An example of utilizing the differences in the binding constants of different
ligands in the same metal-ligand complex to produce stimuli-responsive behavior has
been shown by Collin and coworkers.16 They synthesized a hetero-complex by coordinating Ru2+ with one terpyridine ligand, one phenanthroline ligand, and a range of monodentate ligands. An example of the metal-ligand complex formed using pyridine as the monodentate ligand is shown in Figure 1.2b. They found that irradiating the complex with white light while in acetonitrile resulted in a ligand exchange in which the monodentate ligand was replaced by the acetonitrile solvent. As the terpyridine and
4
phenanthroline coordination with Ru2+ is essentially inert,17,18 the monodentate ligand,
which has the weakest binding constant, with Ru2+ is selectively replaced by a
coordinating solvent molecule.
Figure 1.2 a) Schematic representation of the equilibrium thermodynamic (K1, K2) and kinetic
(k1, k-1, k2, k-2) properties of a 2:1 ligand:metal-ion complex. b) Example of selective ligand
exchange of the pyridine in complex 1.1 with acetonitrile to form complex 1.2 using
photoirradiation.
The use of competitive binders to disrupt or alter a metal-ligand complex is another method to achieving stimuli-responsive behavior. The optical properties of a dialkoxyarylethynylene functionalized 2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazol-2ʹ-yl)pyridine ligand (1.3) complex with Eu3+ were used as a method to detect the presence of chemical
warfare agent vapors.19,20 When 1.3 is complexed with Eu3+, it displays an intense red
colored emission as a result of the “antenna effect” in which 1.3 absorbs UV light and
transfer that energy to the Eu3+ metal-ion to give a distinctive metal-based emission. In
this study, this highly emissive metal-ligand complex was exposed to organophosphates
5
which act as chemical warfare agent mimics. The organophosphates are able to displace
the 1.3 and bind the Eu3+ as shown in Figure 1.3. The decomplexation of 1.3:Eu3+
produces a change in the emission color from the red metal-based complex emission to that of the free ligand and the organophasphate:Eu3+ (nonemissive) which in the case of
1.3 is green. The study also found that the response could be tailored by using different metal-ions (La3+ and Zn2+) leading to the use of arrays which could selectively sense
organophosphates and some amines.
Figure 1.3 Proposed displacement mechanism for the supramolecular sensors which
utilize the change in emission from the red metal-based complex emission to a green
ligand emission.
The dynamic binding of metal-ligand complexes offers the possibility for a wide
range of stimuli-responsiveness with the potential to fine-tune the desired response by
proper ligand and metal selection. However, small molecule metal-ligand complexes
suffer from a lack of mechanical properties which limit their usefulness. The use of
metal-ligand complexes to create metallosupramolecular polymers affords an elegant
6 approach to retaining the characteristics of the small molecule metal-ligand properties while adding the mechanical properties of polymers.
1.2 METALLOSUPRAMOLECULAR POLYMERS
The aim of creating metallosupramolecular polymers is to design materials with new and interesting properties. Therefore, careful consideration needs to be taken when choosing each element in order to select for the desired properties. An example of just a small portion of the available properties is shown in Figure 1.4. As has been already discussed, the choice of appropriate ligand and metal will determine the dynamic properties of the polymer, but the characteristics of the polymer are also extremely important. Many conventional polymers can now be used in conjunction with metal-ligand interactions so there is a huge library of available properties.
Figure 1.4 Schematic overview of some of the potential properties of metallosupramolecular polymers.
7
One of the biggest differences between metallosupramolecular polymers and
conventional, covalent polymers is the molecular weight dependence on the binding
constant, solvent, temperature, etc… Typically, metallosupramolecular polymers are
assembled from low molecular weight monomers or oligomers which upon introduction
of the metal-ion form high molecular weight polymers (assuming the metal-ligand
complex is chosen to have a binding geometry of two or more ligands per metal). For an
ideal system in which there is no ring formation, the degree of polymerization (DP) for
reversible metallosupramolecular polymers is given by
~ ( [ ]) / (Eq. 1.1) 1 2 where퐷푃 K퐾 is푀 the overall binding constant and [M] is the monomer concentration.21 From
this equation it is apparent that in order to achieve high molecular weight assemblies both
the binding constant and the monomer concentration must be large. Furthermore, if the
concentration is low the probability of forming macrocycles rather than linear polymer
chains increases which decreases the overall degree of polymerization.
Another extremely important consideration in the formation of
metallosupramolecular polymers is the stoichiometry of the system. In order to attain chain extension, a 2:1 ligand:metal-ion ratio is necessary as a 1:1 ligand:metal-ion ratio
will result in chain termination. Thus, for a ditopic monomer which contains the metal- chelating ligands on the end-groups, self-assembly to high molecular weight is produced using a 1:1 ratio of monomer:metal-ion. While the reversibility of the metal-ligand interaction does allow for some self-correcting, small deviations from a 1:1 ratio will have large impacts on the size of the assembly. A theoretical example of this effect can be seen in Figure 1.5.22 In this example, the average number of ditopic monomers
8
plotted as a function of concentration for different stoichiometries using log[K1] and
2+ log[K2] for an Fe :terpyridine complex where log[K1] << log[K2]. These results show that for an exactly 1:1 stoichiometry, the size of the metallosupramolecular polymer will be very large (theoretically forming a single high molecular weight polymer chain).
However, if the stoichiometry is off by just 1% the polymer growth is stopped as a result of a deficit of one component and only reaches a plateau at higher concentrations (see
Figure 1.5a). Figure 1.5b more clearly demonstrates the effect of stoichiometry and concentration on the degree of polymerization. While higher concentrations can give large degrees of polymerization, it also makes the assembly more susceptible to slight changes in stoichiometry. An interesting feature of the curves presented in Figure 1.5b is that the curves are asymmetric with respect to stoichiometry factor, y, and that an excess of metal results in longer assemblies than excess monomer. Likewise, Dormidontova and coworkers23 used Monte Carlo simulations to study equilibrium metallosupramolecular
polymers which also confirmed that the degree of polymerization is very stoichiometry
dependent.
9
Figure 1.5 a) Average number of ditopic monomers per assembly
concentration (C) for different stoichiometries (y) using stability constants of Fe2+:terpyridine. b)
Plot of
10-5 mol∙L-1. c) Degree of association for rings and chain as a function of stoichiometry.
When designing a metallosupramolecular polymer, the location of the metal- ligand complex must also be considered. Using a ditopic monomer with the ligands on the polymer chain-ends will result in a metallosupramolecular polymer in which the metal-ion is located in the polymer backbone, to yield a “main-chain” polymer.24 Other
polymeric architectures25 which can be formed include side-chain,26,27 branched,28
crosslinked,29 star-shaped,30,31 dendritic,32,33 or helical.34,35 The work presented herein
primarily utilizes main-chain, branched, and side-chain functionalized
metallosupramolecular polymers and as such those architectures will be introduced in
more detail focusing on stimuli-responsive polymers.
10
1.2.1 Main-Chain Metallosupramolecular Polymers
Main-chain metallosupramolecular polymers are those in which the metal-ligand motif is
incorporated directly into the polymer chain. This is typically accomplished by the
addition of the appropriate metal-ion to a ditopic ligand end-capped monomer
(sometimes referred to as macromonomer if the spacer is oligomeric or polymeric) in a
1:1 ratio resulting in a metallosupramolecular polymer with many metal-ligand complexes in the backbone. These polymers typically exhibit more dynamic behavior than covalent polymers as the reversibility of the metal-ligand complex allows for polymerization/depolymerization and ring-chain equilibria among others which has been used to create stimuli-responsive materials.
The first report of a main-chain metallosupramolecular polymer utilizing dynamic metal-ligand complexes was published by Rehahn and coworkers.36 In it, they
synthesized a ditopic monomer with phenanthroline ligand end-groups and formed
metallosupramolecular polymers by the addition of Ag+ and/or Cu+. Their report demonstrated the influence of choice of solvent on the assembly of high molecular weight polymers. Polymerization with metal-ions was shown to result in stabile polymeric molecules when accomplished in a noncoordinating solvent, however, it was found that the presence of even a small amount of a coordinating solvent, such as acetonitrile or pyridine, lead to highly labile metal-ligand complexes that gave high rates of exchange to produce low molecular weight species and cyclics. They argued that the solvent molecules could competitively bind the metal-ion, increasing the rate of decomplexation and produced chain cleavage at the location of the metal-ligand complex.
The difference in behavior based on the environment (solvent) is an example of the
11
potential of using metal-ligand complexes to obtain stimuli-responsive behavior. To
further emphasize the use of solvent to influence the metal-ligand dynamics, Rehahn and
coworkers also looked at the mixing behavior of two separate polymers. One polymer
prepared with only Ag+ was combined with another polymer prepared only with Cu+.
When mixed in a noncoordinating solvent, the polymers were found to be stable for days
with no evidence of mixing between the two polymers from decomplexation from one
and recomplexation to the other. Only upon adding a coordinating solvent (acetonitrile)
did decomplexation occur which yielded polymers that incorporated a mixture of Ag+ and
Cu+. This well-designed example of using the metallosupramolecular polymer’s
environment to induce a change in the characteristics provides for evidence of the
stimuli-responsiveness that can be easily achieved in metal-ligand containing systems.
While Rehahn and coworkers were able to control the labile nature of the metal- ligand interactions with solvent, Lehn and coworkers37,38 explored their use in the solid-
state in order to change a material’s properties. Neutral main-chain
metallosupramolecular polymers were investigated using ligands based on
pyridylhydrazone and acylhydrazone units on the chain-ends of low moleculer weight
poly(dimethyl siloxane) (PDMS) assembled using Zn2+ or Ni2+. They found that tailoring
the ligand functionality allowed for them to prepare a set of materials with very different
optical and mechanical properties. In an elegant example of using the dynamic nature of
the metal-ligand interactions to generate novel properties, they found that simply placing two different metallosupramolecular polymers together and heating (50 °C, 24 hrs) they could get ligand exchange between the different polymers without the use of solvent or catalysts as shown schematically in Figure 1.6a. For example, a polymer blend (1.6) was
12
prepared using two homopolymers 1.4, which is a very weakly emissive gum, and 1.5, a
nonemissive film (see Figure 1.6b). When stacked and heated, ligand exchange between the homopolymers creates a new polymer blend which has properties not found in either of the starting homopolymers. Polymer blend 1.6 displayed mechanical properties which fell in-between polymers 1.4 and 1.5, however the blend now displayed a strong emission not apparent in 1.4 or 1.5. This study illustrates the potential of using the dynamic characteristics of metallosupramolecular polymers in solid films to create novel materials properties.
Figure 1.6 a) Example of dynamic ligand exchange between neutral homopolymers 1.4 and 1.5 to form the hetropolymer 1.6 without the need for solvent or catalysts. b) Images the change in emission from 1.4 (left) and 1.5 (middle) which are nonemissive to the emissive polymer 1.6
(right) under excitation at 365 nm. The emissive hetero-complex is highlighted.
13
Schubert and coworkers39 have reported on the synthesis and characterization of a
series of main-chain metallosupramolecular polymers by combining a ditopic terpyridine
end-capped poly(ethylene glycol) with a variety of different transition metal-ions to
create high molecular weight polymers. Detailed studies were conducted to determine the
influence of different metal-ions on the degree of polymerization based on the differences
in the thermodynamic stability of each complex. Using concentration-dependent viscosity
measurements, they were able to directly relate the observed relative viscosities to the
degree of polymerization for metallosupramolecular polymers formed with Fe2+, Co2+,
Ni2+, Cd2+, and Cu2+. They found that the trend in viscosity followed with the stability
constants for the small molecule biscomplexes as Fe2+ > Ni2+ > Co2+ > Cu2+ > Cd2+. They also found that upon self-assembly films were able to be formed by solution-casting from either methanol or chloroform as a demonstration of the ability to form high molecular weight polymers from low molecular weight starting materials.
One advantage that polymers formed with metal-ligand interactions have over hydrogen-bonded systems is that the proper choice of metal-ion and ligand can be used to create water-soluble polymers, which is not possible when using hydrogen bonding as they are subject to disruption by the coordination of water molecules. Cohen Stuart and coworkers have prepared multiple examples of water-soluble metallosupramolecular polymers using a short poly(ethylene glycol) PEG chain end-capped with pyridine-2,6-
dicarboxylate ligands (1.7).40,41 Aqueous solutions of reversible coordination polymers
prepared with Nd3+ were studied using rheological techniques to determine the equilibrium chain structure. As Nd3+ is able to coordinate up to three ligands, it may be
expected that the resulting metallosupramolecular polymers have a highly branched or
14
crosslinked structure. Interestingly, however, examination of the elastic modulus, zero-
shear viscosity, and relaxation time with concentration match well with predictions for
the dynamics of linear equilibrium polymers. With this information, they proposed a
linear chain structure which contained small cyclic species as shown in Figure 1.7 as a
branched structure would result in increased chain-ends, thus the equilibrium of the
system is shifted toward linear chains. In an effort to justify this claim they explored
mixed metal systems containing Zn2+ along with Nd3+. They found that the mixed metal
systems showed liquid-like viscosity which they claim is primarily a result of the
incorporation of Zn2+ into the cyclics which, as Zn2+ forms 1:2 complexes with the
ligand, result in chain terminators. They also found that the 100% Nd3+ polymer was able
to form a thermal-responsive gel where elevated temperatures induced liquid-like
behavior and that the viscoelastic properties returned upon cooling.
Figure 1.7 a) Structure of ligand 1.7. Proposed structure of b) 100% Nd3+ (black circles) polymer with 1.7 and c) example of chain termination by addition of 25% Zn2+ (gray circles).
15
Block copolymers represent another type of main-chain supramolecular polymer
architecture which has generated interest in recent years.42,43 Diblock copolymers with
the structure A-[M]-B and triblock copolymers with a A-[M]-B-[M]-A structure have been reported by Gohy and Schubert44,45 where A represents one polymer, B represents a
different polymer, -[ is the ligand, and M represents the metal-ion. In the diblock copolymer, only one metal-ligand complex is present in the polymer backbone, however its presence allows for these block copolymers to behave differently than traditional block copolymers as the choice of ligand, metal, and counterion will impact the assembly behavior. Construction of metal-ion containing block copolymers is not as straight forward as mixing of the two components and metal will result in a mixture of homopolymers and copolymers. Rather, one must use an appropriate metal, such as Ru3+,
which forms stable monocomplexes, followed by reduction of the metal to Ru2+ in the presence of the second polymer. Schubert and coworkers studied the phase separated morphology of a polystyrene-block-poly(ethylene oxide) connected with a 2:1 terpyridine:Ru2+ complex in the melt. It was found that in this system the counterion used
- played a large role in differentiating between a lamellar or spherical morphology. PF6
counterions gave spherical morphologies resulting from aggregation of the metal-ligand
- complexes while a bulkier BPh4 counterion yielded a lamellar morphology with the metal-ligand complexes at the lamellar interfaces. The ability to tailor properties with counterions just gives another tool for fine-tuning the behaviors of metallosupramolecular polymers.
One of the key aspects of metallosupramolecular polymers is their use as stimuli- responsive materials. As synthetic pathways to many metallosupramolecular polymers
16
are now available, more focus has been placed on their use as functional materials. A
field in which this is apparent is that of sensors. Swager and coworkers46 have reported
the use of an electropolymerizable metallosupramolecular polymer as a sensor for nitric
oxide (NO) by utilizing the polymer conductivity. The polymer was synthesized using a
Co2+ complex with a salen ligand functionalized with 3,4-(ethylenedioxy)thiophene
groups (1.8) by electropolymerization when between two interdigitated microelectrodes
(see Figure 1.8). The choice of metal-ligand complex was done such that the orbital
energies matched very closely to that of the poly(3,4-(ethylenedioxy)thiophene), allowing
the polymer to be highly conductive. The Co2+:salen complex leaves the Co2+ unsaturated
in coordination sites and thus is able to interact with small coordinating molecules. In the presence of nitric oxide, coordination occurred with the Co2+ which was found to result in
a change in the orbital energies of the complex relative to the polymer backbone. This
change decreases the conductivity and was thus monitored by measuring the increase in
resistance relative to NO concentration. Amazingly this system was able to detect NO gas
at 1 ppm concentrations, was reversible, and was selective (no response was detected to
O2, CO or CO2).
17
Figure 1.8 Schematic illustration of the fabrication of conducting metallosupramolecular polymer/electrode devices by the electropolymerization of 1.8 across interdigitated microelectrodes leading to a chemoresistive response upon NO gas exposure.
Electro- and mechanically-sensitive stimuli-responsive metallosupramolecular
polymer gels have been prepared by Terech and coworkers.47 In this study, a small
molecular weight gelator which contained two different types of metal-ion receptor sites
(terpyridine end-groups with a cyclam core) was used. They found that polymers prepared with Cu2+ formed by initial complexation with the cyclam unit at 1:1
stoichiometry, followed by complexation with the terpyridine units at a 2:1
metal:monomer ratio and that the opposite was found using Co2+ or Ni2+ as these metal-
ions have larger binding constants with the terpyridine. Interestingly, they found that
organogels could be formed, however gelation was affected by the counterion present (by
means of differences in electrostatic interactions and/or solubility, see Figure 1.9a) and/or
the addition order of certain metal-ions (see Figure 1.9b). They found that the gels were
stimuli-responsive to a variety of different stimuli, including mechanically-induced gel-
18
sol transitions (thixotropic) and electrical stimulus. The cyclam-metal complex acts as a
redox responsive site which Terech and coworkers have used to electrochemically switch
between a gel and liquid state. They report that the main contributing factor to this
stimuli-responsive behavior is the change in the solubility of the metallosupramolecular
polymer which is vital to gel formation where oxidation of the cyclam-metal complex
generates additional positive charges along the polymer backbone which affects the solubility.
Figure 1.9 a) Images of the formation of solutions or gels in CH3CN as a function of counterion
(1) CoCl2, (2) Co(NO3)2, (3) NiCl2, and (4) Ni(NO3)2 and an example of the redox-controlled reversible gel-to-liquid transition with Co2+ in DMF (2.15 mM). b) Chart of the resulting materials properties as a function of the addition order of metal-ions in DMF.
19
A demonstration of mechano-responsive metallosupramolecular polymers formed
using ditopic phosphine end-capped poly(tetrahydrofuran) (pTHF) coordinated with
palladium metal-ions were prepared by Sijbesma and coworkers.48 Coordination within
the polymer was found to be inert in the presence of a small molecule analogue with the
same binding motif as the dissociation rate of the Pd2+:phosphine ligand complex is very
slow. To overcome this, the metallosupramolecular polymers were sonicated with the
nonpolymeric complexes, resulting in the formation of new hetrocomplexes and a
dramatic reduction in molecular weight. They postulated that the exchange occurs as a
result of chain scission between the Pd2+:phosphine bond caused by shear-induced forces
from the collapse of gas bubbles which are formed during the sonication process. Taking
this idea to the next level, the same group also created mechano-responsive gels using
either Ir2+ or Rh2+ which are able to bind 3-4 phosphine ligands, creating a crosslinked
network architecture.49 Sonication of the gels produced chain scission leading to the
transition from gel to sol. Using the difference in the ligand exchange kinetics they were
able to tailor the time required to reform the gels. The use of Rh2+ gave liquid-like
properties after three minutes of sonication and the system returned to the gel state after
only one minute. Gels prepared with Ir2+ also became liquid-like after three minutes
however regelation required multiple hours to days depending on the temperature. The
use of a mechno-response is intriguing as it allows for new processing methods of the polymer and additionally offers the potential of easily creating catalytic sites.
An excellent example of using the dynamic nature of the metal-ligand interaction
within a metallosupramolecular polymer to generate a macroscopic stimuli-response in
polymer films was carried out by Rowan and coworkers.50 In this work mechanically
20
stable, elastomeric films were prepared using a ditopic macromonomer consisting of two
2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine (Mebip) ligands on the ends of a poly(ethylene-
co-butylene) polymer core with either Zn2+ or La3+ metal-ions. Phase separation of the
ionic metal-ligand complexes from the polymer core results in physical crosslinking to
yield good mechanical properties and detailed studies on the morphology revealed a
lamellar structure for all films. Using a noninvasive technique, Rowan and coworkers
capitalized on the absorption properties of the metal-ligand complexes to develop self-
healing materials when exposed to UV light (320-390 nm). It was found that the metal-
ligand complexes would absorb the light, and while some of that energy was converted into emission, more importantly, some was converted into localized heating. Localized heating, which occurs primarily at the metal-ligand interaction, results in increased rates of decomplexation as shown schematically in Figure 1.10a. A film that has been scratched could then be healed by this mechanism as the increased decomplexation leads to a reduction of the viscosity, allowing the polymer to flow into the scratch to fill it. A demonstration of this is shown by AFM in Figure 1.10b. Removal of the light source allows for recomplexation to yield a healed film (see Figure 1.10c) and it was found that large healing efficiencies could be obtained depending on the metal-ion and stoichiometry of the systems. Films prepared with Zn2+ required a deficit of metal-ions
(~30%) in order to achieve large healing efficiencies, which detrimentally affected the
mechanical properties, whereas the use of La3+ gave good healing efficiencies while
maintaining the mechanical properties at or near stoichiometry. One advantage to using
light as a stimulus is that it allowed for localized healing where only the irradiated
21 portion of the film showed self-healing capabilities without affecting the entirety of the film.
Figure 1.10 a) Schematic representation of the mechanism of optical healing of a phase separated metallosupramolecular polymer. b) AFM height images of a damaged film prepared with 100%
La3+ before healing (left) and after partial (middle) and complete (right) healing. c) Images of the optical healing of a polymer film prepared with 70% Zn2+ using UV light (320-390 nm).
22
1.2.2 Side-Chain Metallosupramolecular Polymers
The bulk of stimuli-responsive metallosupramolecular polymers contain the metal-ligand motif in the polymer backbone, however polymers containing the metal in side-chains have also become increasingly studied for their use in materials. An example of a chemo- responsive side-chain metallosupramolecular polymer network was recently given by
Craig and coworkers.51 To create polymer networks, poly(4-vinylpyridine) was crosslinked using a bimetallic (Pt2+ or Pd2+) pincer compound by coordination with the polymeric pyridine side-chains in DMSO. They found that these networks could be used to demonstrate chemo-responsive viscosity switching by way of a sol-gel transition near the percolation threshold.52 Below a critical crosslinker concentration the networks displayed free-flowing sol behavior; however above this concentration the viscosity was observed to dramatically increase because of formation of weak gels and the concentration range at which this occurred was very small. In fact they found these systems to be very sensitive to the amount of crosslinker added as, in one case, the mechanical properties were shown to improve by five orders of magnitude over only a
0.09 weight % increase of the crosslinker. As the mechanical properties of these metallosupramolecular networks was found to be directly related to the dissociation kinetics it is possible to design systems with even more dramatic changes mechanical properties if a crosslinker is used with a slower dissociation rate.
An important property of metal-containing polymers is that they can display interesting optical and electronic characteristics. Metal-ions from the lanthanide series are particularly of interest because of their characteristic intense emissions with distinctive colors depending on the choice of metal. Tew and coworkers53,54 investigated the optical
23
properties of poly(methyl methacrylates) (PMMA) functionalized with terpyridine groups
on the side-chains coordinated with different lanthanides (1.9) shown in Figure 1.11a.
Films prepared by coordination with Eu3+ gave a characteristic red metal-based emission
color while those prepared with Tb3+ appear characteristically green in color. In an
elegant approach to using the dynamic metal-ligand properties in these films, Tew and coworkers showed that mixing two homopolymers (one prepared with only Eu3+ and the
other with only Tb3+) in a 1:1 ratio gave an emission profile that was essentially the
superposition of the two individual homopolymers (which appeared green as the emission
intensity of the Tb3+ complex is much stronger than that of Eu3+). However, heating the
combined homopolymers together and subsequently cooling resulted in an irreversible
change in emission color from green to yellow as shown in Figure 1.11b. The new
emission profile was speculated to be a result of either the formation of a bridging
- bimetallic complex (possibly formed by the counterion, NO3 or one of the pyridine rings
from the ligand) or increased π – π interactions between the terpyridine complexes. They
also noted that the new yellow-emitting polymer now displayed a thermo-reversible
change in emission to an orange/red color. They explained this stimuli-responsive behavior as a result of quenching of the Tb3+ complex emission at elevated temperature to
give emission similar to that of the Eu3+ complex.
24
Figure 1.11 a) Structures of PMMA functionalized with either one type of terpyridine:Ln3+
complexes in the side-chain (Ln3+ = Eu3+ or Tb3+) (1.9) or a combination of lanthanides in a 1:1 ratio (1.10). b) Images (λex = 350 nm) of an irreversible thermo-responsive change in emission by heating two homopolymers to give a new blend and c) new thermo-reversible emission change of the new mixed metal system resulting from quenching of the green Tb3+ emission at elevated temperatures.
25
1.3 THESIS SCOPE
The goal of this dissertation is to highlight the preparation and characterization of a
variety of stimuli-responsive metallosupramolecular polymers. Chapter 2 introduces a
study on the influence of introducing increasing amounts of a lanthanide (Eu3+) metal-ion
into metallosupramolecular polymer films assembled with a transition metal (Zn2+).
Mechanically stable, elastomeric films were prepared using Mebip end-capped poly(tetrahydrofuran) (pTHF) with varying ratios of Zn2+:Eu3+ (100:0 – 50:50). The addition of Eu3+ resulted in increased stimuli-responsive behavior which allowed for their
use as fluorescent temperature and chemical sensors.
Chapter 3 further investigates the metallosupramolecular films prepared in
Chapter 2 by examining their structure-property relationships. Films prepared in the same
manner with Mebip end-capped poly(ethylene-co-butylene) were also studied to
determine the impact of the polymer core on the observed properties. Detailed melt
rheological studies were used to characterize the increased thermoresponsive behavior
with increasing Eu3+ content and related to the morphology. A simplified network theory is also introduced to explain the observed sinusoidal response in the “nonlinear”
viscoelastic region in the strain sweeps resulting from large relaxation times.
In Chapter 4, the lessons learned in Chapters 2 and 3 on tailoring the reversibility
of the metal-ligand interactions are used to design a metallosupramolecular shape- memory polymer. Using the phase separated metal-ligand interactions as a reversible crosslinking motif in conjunction with a covalently crosslinked poly(butadiene) core allowed for the formation of films which displayed thermal, light, and chemically-
26
induced shape-memory properties which could be tailored by the choice of metal or
counterion used.
Chapter 5 addresses the use of vapochromic square-planer Mebip:Pt2+ complexes
in a polymer matrix to design polymer films which can be used as organic vapor sensors.
Exposure of the films to solvent vapor produced both a visible (yellow to red) and
fluorescent (yellow to orange) color change as a result of increased Pt – Pt interactions.
The use of Mebip:Pt2+ complexes in polymer matrices also resulted in films which
displayed mechanochromic properties consistent with force-induced structural
rearrangement.
Metallosupramolecular polymers assembled with Pt2+ and Mebip end-capped polymers were used for the fabrication of platinum nanoparticles in Chapter 6. Exposing thin films of the metallosupramolecular polymers to electrons from an extracted discharge generated by microplasma lead to reduction of the Pt2+ to Pt0, resulting in well-
dispersed, unagglomerated nanoparticles with diameters under 5 nm. The size of the
nanoparticles was found to be directly related to the polymer morphology and the
exposure time.
Chapter 7 addresses the ability to form metallosupramolecular networks in the
melt. When Mebip side-chain functionalized polystyrene blended into a polystyrene
matrix was brought into contact with Zn2+ blended into poly(methylmethacryalte) above
Tg, metallosupramolecular networks formed as the components diffused toward the
interphase. It was found that self-assembly occurred quickly, typically within five minutes when monitored spectroscopically.
27
1.4 REFERENCES
1. Fox, J. D.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 6823–6835.
2. ten Brinke, G.; Ruokolainen, J.; Ikkala, O. Adv. Polym. Sci., 2007, 207, 113–177.
3. Serpe, M. J.; Craig, S. L. Langmuir, 2007, 23, 1626–1634.
4. Lehn, J. –M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2007, 36, 151-160.
5. Armstrong, G.; Buggy, M. J. Mater. Sci., 2005, 40, 547-559.
6. Aida, T.; Meijer, E. W.; Stupp, S. I. Science, 2012, 335, 813-817.
7. Appel, W. P. J.; Nieuwenhuizen, M. M. L.; Meijer, E. W. Multiple Hydrogen-Bonded Supramolecular Polymers, in Supramolecular Polymer Chemistry, ed. Harada, A.; Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim, Germany, 2011.
8. Burattini, S.; Colquhoun, H. M.; Fox, J. D.; Friedmann, D.; Greenland, B. W.; Harris, P. J. F.; Hayes, W.; Mackay, M. E.; Rowan, S. J. Chem. Commun., 2009, 6717-6719.
9. Whittell, G. R.; Hager, M. D.; Schubert, U. S.; Manners, I. Nat. Mater., 2011, 10, 176- 188.
10. McKenzie, B. M.; Rowan, S. J. Molecular Recognition and Polymers, ed. Rotello, V. M.; Thayumanavan, S. John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2008, ch. 7, pp. 157–178.
11. Whittell, G. R.; Manners, I. Adv. Mater., 2007, 19, 3439-3468.
12. Schubert, U. S.; Eschbaumer, C. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2002, 41, 2892-2926.
13. Dobrawa, R.; Würthner, F. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 4981- 4995.
14. Friese, V. A.; Kurth, D. G. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 2008, 252, 199-211.
28
15. Holyer, R. H.; Hubbard, C. D.; Kettle, S. F. A.; Wilkins, R. G. Inorg. Chem., 1966, 5, 622-625.
16. Bonnet, S.; Collin, J. –P.; Gruber, N.; Sauvage, J. –P.; Schofield, E. R. Dalton Trans., 2003, 4654-4662.
17. Kelch, S.; Rehahn, M. Macromolecules, 1999, 32, 5818-5828.
18. Eisenbach, C. D.; Schubert, U. S. Macromolecules, 1993, 26, 7372-7374.
19. Burnworth, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Chem. Eur. J., 2007, 13, 7828–7836.
20. Knapton, D.; Burnworth, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2006, 45, 5825–5829.
21. Ciferri, A. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2002, 23, 511-529.
22. Kurth, D. G.; Higuchi, M. Soft Matter., 2006, 2, 915-927.
23. Chen, C. C.; Dormidotova, E. E. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 14972-14978.
24. Chiper, M.; Hoogenboom, R.; Schubert, U. S. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2009, 30, 565-578.
25. Yan, Y.; Huang, J. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 2010, 254, 1072-1080.
26. Pollino, J. M.; Weck, M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2005, 34, 193-207.
27. Hammond, M. R.; Andreopoulou, A. K.; Pefkianakis, E.; Kallitsis, J. K.; Mezzenga, R. Chem. Mater., 2009, 21, 2169-2172.
28. Weng, W.; Beck, J. B.; Jamieson, A. M.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2006, 128, 11663-11672.
29. Sievers, T. K.; Vergin, A.; Möhwald, H.; Kurth, D. G. Langmuir, 2007, 23, 12179- 12184.
29
30. Hoogenboom, R.; Schubert, U. S. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2006, 35, 622-629.
31. Payne, S. J.; Fiore, G. L.; Fraser, C. L.; Demas, J. N. Anal. Chem., 2010, 82, 917-921.
32. Astruc, D.; Chardac, F. Chem. Rev., 2001, 101, 2991-3024.
33. Astruc, D.; Boisselier, E.; Ornelas, C. Chem. Rev., 2010, 110, 1857-1959.
34. Meudtner, R. M.; Ostermeier, M.; Goddard, R.; Limberg, C.; Hecht, S. Chem. Eur. J., 2007, 13, 9834- 9840.
35. Meudtner, R. M.; Hecht, S. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2008, 29, 347-351.
36. Lahn, B.; Rehahn, M. Macromol. Symp., 2001, 163, 157-176.
37. Chow, C. F.; Fujii, S.; Lehn, J. –M. Chem. Asian J., 2008, 3, 1324-1335.
38. Chow, C. F.; Fujii, S.; Lehn, J. –M. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2007, 46, 5007-5010.
39. Schmatloch, S.; van den Berg, A. M. J.; Alexeev, A. S.; Hofmeier, H.; Schubert, U. S. Macromolecules, 2003, 36, 9943-9949.
40. Vermonden, T.; van Steenbergen, M. J.; Bessling, N. A. M.; Marcelis, A. T. M.; Hennink, W. E.; Sudhölter, E. J. R.; Cohen Stuart, M. A. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 15802-15808.
41. Vermonden, T.; van der Gucht, J.; de Waard, P.; Marcelis, A. T. M.; Bessling, N. A. M.; Sudhölter, E. J. R.; Fleer, G. J.; Cohen Stuart, M. A. Macromolecules, 2003, 36, 7035-7044.
42. Yang, S. K.; Ambade, A. V.; Weck, M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2011, 40, 129-137.
43. Yang, S. K.; Ambade, A. V.; Weck, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2010, 132, 1637-1645.
44. Guillet, P.; Fustin, C. –A.; Lohmeijer, B. G. G.; Schubert, U. S.; Gohy, J. –F. Macromolecules, 2006, 39, 5484-5488.
30
45. Fustin, C. –A.; Guillet, P.; Schubert, U. S.; Gohy, J. –F. Adv. Mater., 2007, 19, 1665- 1673.
46. Holliday, B. J.; Stanford, T. B.; Swager, T. M. Chem. Mater., 2006, 18, 5649-5651.
47. Gasnier, A.; Royal, G.; Terech, P. Langmuir, 2009, 25, 8751-8762.
48. Paulusse, J. M. J.; Huijbers, J. P. J.; Sijbesma, R. P. Chem. Eur. J., 2006, 12, 4928- 4934.
49. Paulusse, J. M. J.; van Beek, D. J. M.; Sijbesma, R. P. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2007, 129, 2392-2397.
50. Burnworth, M.; Tang, L.; Kumpfer, J. R.; Duncan, A. J.; Beyer, F. L.; Fiore, G. L.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Nature, 2011, 472, 334–337.
51. Yount, W. C.; Loveless, D. M.; Craig, S. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 127, 14488- 14498.
52. Loveless, D. M.; Jeon, S. L.; Craig, S. L. J. Mater. Chem., 2007, 17, 56-61.
53. Shunmugam, R.; Tew, G. N. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 127, 13567-13572.
54. Shunmugam, R.; Tew, G.N. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2008, 29, 1355-1362.
31
CHAPTER 2
Stimuli-Responsive Europium-Containing
Metallosupramolecular Polymers
Adapted from: Kumpfer, J. R.; Jin, J.; Rowan, S. J. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 145–151.
2.1 INTODUCTION
The ability to utilize supramolecular interactions1 toward the design of new stimuli- responsive materials has gained a great amount of interest in recent years.2 For example,
main-chain supramolecular polymers, whose polymer backbone consists of both covalent
bonds and noncovalent interactions, can result in large (e.g. mechanical) responses to
small changes in the environment.3 Reversible metal–ligand coordination is one class of
non-covalent interaction that has been widely utilized to access main-chain
supramolecular polymers.4 Most of these metallosupramolecular polymers rely on ligand
coordination with transition metal-ions. Such systems have been targeted, at least in part,
on account of the strength of the metal–ligand interaction and the fact that 2 : 1 ligand to
metal complexes (required for linear chain extension) can be easily accessed with either
terdentate ligands bound to hexacoordinate metal-ions or bidentate ligands bound to
tetracoordinate metal-ions.5 A series of metal-ions that have seen much less attention in
this field are the lanthanide metals,6 which can be of special interest as their complexes
have been shown to have many potential applications that include (bio)sensing,7 optical fiber lasers and amplifiers,8 liquid crystals9 and light-emitting diodes.10 One of the most
interesting and unique properties of certain lanthanide ion complexes is their excellent
luminescence characteristics that include extremely sharp emission bands and high
photoluminescence (PL) efficiency.11
Combining the distinctive properties of lanthanide complexes with the mechanical
properties of polymers presents an interesting method of creating stimuli-responsive metal-containing materials. We have shown that 2,6-bis-(10- methylbenzimidazolyl)pyridine (Mebip) ligands can be placed at the ends of ditopic
33
macromonomers, which consist of either conjugated12 or polyether cores,13 and produce polymeric materials upon addition of an appropriate transition metal-ion (e.g. Fe2+, Co2+,
or Zn2+) in a 1:1 ratio of metal to ditopic macromonomer. Such transition metals bind the
terdentate Mebip in a 2:1 ligand to metal ratio that allows for the formation of linear high
molecular weight metallosupramolecular polymers resulting in a significant enhancement
in the solid-state mechanical properties of these materials compared to the unbound
macromonomer.
Pioneering work by Piguet and Bünzli has shown that planar aromatic terdentate
ligands, like Mebip, will coordinate with lanthanide ions to form metallosupramolecular
complexes.14 Some lanthanide ion complexes, e.g. Eu3+ complexes, can show an intense
metal-centered luminescence in the presence of an appropriate UV absorbing ligand via
the so-called ‘‘antenna effect’’.15 This is in effect a light conversion process which occurs
by absorption of the light by the ligand, followed by a ligand-to-metal energy transfer
process finally resulting in the metal-ion based emission. The Mebip ligand has been
shown16 to act as an effective ‘‘antenna’’ for Eu3+ ions and as such this ‘‘antenna effect’’
can be used to demonstrate whether the ligand is complexed to the Eu3+ ion. More
recently, Piguet and co-workers have taken an in-depth look at the interaction between
lanthanides and terdentate aza-ligands in both the solid-state and in solution.17 With their
preference for high coordination numbers (8–10),18 lanthanides, such as Eu3+, can
coordinate with Mebip in a 3:1 ligand to metal ratio. Piguet and co-workers demonstrated
that the nature of the complexes formed between the lanthanides and the terdentate aza-
ligands is very sensitive to the counterion present. For example, europium nitrates
(Eu(NO3)3) were found to bind such ligands predominately in a 1:1 ligand to metal ratio
34
because of competitive binding between the nitrate and the ligand. Conversely, europium
perchlorate (Eu(ClO4)3) will bind in a 3:1 Mebip ligand to metal ratio as the Mebip
ligands now have much stronger interactions with the metal-ion than the weakly binding
perchlorate counterions. This suggests that incorporating lanthanide perchlorates into a
supramolecular polymer should result in the creation of dynamic branching or
networking points19 that could lead to changes in mechanical properties.
Previously,20 we have prepared stimuli-responsive gels in which Mebip ligands
were placed on the ends of a pentaethylene glycol core.21 The addition of Zn2+ ions with
or without varying amounts of lanthanide ions produced gels in acetonitrile that displayed
interesting stimuli-responsive behavior. The lanthanide containing gels were found to
show enhanced thermo-, mechanical- and chemo-responsiveness which in part was a
consequence of the Mebip binding more weakly to the lanthanide ion as compared to the
Zn2+ ions.
Along the same lines, complexes of low molecular weight Mebip derivatives have
demonstrated the capability of sensing small amounts of certain organophosphates22 that
were used as pesticides and nerve gas agent mimics.23 These ligands were complexed
with La(NO3)3 and Eu(NO3)3 to form highly emissive 1:1 complexes. When exposed to
the organophosphates, either in solution or vapor, these materials showed a change in
color from red to blue. In this case the organophosphate binds to the Eu3+ ion, displacing
the Mebip ligand and thus converts the red emissive Eu3+–Mebip complex to the free
Mebip ligand (blue emission) and a non-emissive Eu3+–organophosphate complex. It is
interesting to note that stronger binding Zn2+ complexes of similar Mebip ligands did not show Mebip displacement in the presence of organophosphates.
35
Prior work has already shown that ditopic macromonomer 2 (Figure 2.1) derived
from low molecular weight poly(tetrahydrofuran) (p(THF)) cores (Mn < 5000 g/mol)
form thermoplastic elastomers once complexed with Zn2+ ions. It is believed that the
elastomeric behavior occurs as a consequence of phase separation between the hard ionic
metal–ligand complexes and the soft poly(tetrahydrofuran) segments. Thus with the goal of developing stimuli-responsive thermoplastic elastomers we report herein the effects of
replacing a percentage of the Zn2+ ion complexes with the more responsive Eu3+
complexes in these metallosupramolecular polymers. From a structural point-of-view this is also interesting as conceptually 3:1 complexes will result in the formation of dynamic- crosslinking points. Thus the addition of both Eu3+ and Zn2+ ions to 2 should result in a crosslinked metallosupramolecular polymer in solution and in the solid-state. Of course, the presence of physical crosslinking in the solid phase on account of the phase separation between metal–ligand complexes and the polymer core adds an additional level of complexity to this system.
36
Figure 2.1 Synthesis of macromonomer 2 where the polymer core is grown via a cationic, ring- opening, living polymerization of tetrahydrofuran and subsequently end-capped with 4-hydroxy- 2,6-bis(10-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine ligands.
2.2 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Macromonomer 2 has been previously synthesized using Mitsunobu chemistry by attaching 4-hydroxy- 2,6-bis(10-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine ligands to the end of a telechelic, dihydroxyl poly(tetrahydrofuran). For this work, a different approach was taken to synthesize 1 as the prior method involved complicated purification to remove the side products generated in the Mitsunobu reaction, but also because the previous method was limited in the molecular weight that could be obtained, by using a commercially available preformed, hydroxyl-terminated poly(tetrahydrofuran) core. Rather, compound
2 was made using a cationic, living ring-opening polymerization of tetrahydrofuran. The
37
reaction was carried out using trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride as a bidirectional
initiator and 4-hydroxy-2,6-bis(10-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine as the end-capping
chain terminator as is shown in Figure 2.1. This versatile method allows for high purity
(see Figure 2.2a) and control of the polymer molecular weight by simply varying the
reaction time and/or initiator concentration as shown in Figure 2.2b, as well as allowing the reaction to be carried out on relatively large scales (routinely run on a 15 g scale).
38
1 Figure 2.2 a) 600 MHz H NMR of 2 in CDCl3. b) Plot of molecular weight of 2 after purification for different polymerization times. The molecular weights nearly follow a linear growth with time (represented by the red line) which is indicative of a living polymerization. This can also be used to synthesize 2 with a desired molecular weight depending on the time of polymerization.
39
2.2.1 Optical Properties of the Metallosupramolecular Polymer Films
The coordination of Zn(ClO4)2 and Eu(ClO4)3 to 2 was initially studied using UV-vis
spectroscopy (Fig. 2.3). Titrating Eu3+ into a solution of 2 leads to complexation, which results in an increase in the ligand’s absorbance from approximately 330 nm to 370 nm and a decrease in the absorbance at 315 nm, which corresponds to the λmax of the free
ligand as shown in Figure 2.3a. Plotting the absorbance at 340 nm vs. the ratio of metal to
2 (Fig. 2.3b) shows that Eu(ClO4)3 initially binds three of the polymeric Mebip ligands
(as shown by the slope change at a metal:monomer ratio of 1:3), and continued addition of Eu(ClO4)3 results in complete binding evidenced by another more subtle slope change
at a metal:monomer ratio of 2:3 which corresponds to the theoretical ratio for the
polymeric metallosupramolecular polymer with 100% Eu3+. This confirms that the
presence of the polymer does not significantly alter the binding ratio of Mebip to Eu3+.
Similarly, 2 binds Zn2+ in a 1:1 ratio (or 2 ligands per metal-ion) as shown in Figures
2.3c-d. Knowing how each metal-ion will bind with 2 allows for the creation of high molecular weight metallosupramolecular polymers (shown schematically in Figure 2.3e), which should be able to be processed into mechanically stable films as a result of the phase separation of the metal-ligand complexes from the polymer core as has been shown in films prepared with Zn2+ only.
40
Figure 2.3 UV-vis titration of 2 with a) Eu(ClO4)3 and c) Zn(ClO4)2 (25µM). Plotting the absorbance at λ = 340 nm vs the molar ratios of 2 to b) Eu3+ or d) Zn2+ shows that the polymer and that Eu3+ binds in a 2:3 metal:2 ratio while Zn2+ binds in a 1:1 metal:2 ratio. e) Schematic representation of self-assembly into a phase separated metallosupramolecular polymer.
Films of the metallosupramolecular polymers with the metal perchlorate salts
were obtained by solution casting. Six films were studied containing different ratios of
Zn2+ to Eu3+ ranging from only Zn2+ and no Eu3+ (100:0) to 50% Zn2+ and 50% Eu3+
41
(50:50). The percentages refer to the percent of ligands in the system which are bound to
that metal-ion, assuming a 2:1 ratio for Zn2+ and 3:1 ratio for Eu3+ (although we cannot
rule out the presence of a certain percentage of 2:1 and even 1:1 Mebip:Eu3+ complexes).
All of these ratios produced optically clear, mechanically stable, elastomeric films (Fig.
2.4). Interestingly, attempts to cast films containing greater than 50% of the ligands complexed to Eu3+ resulted in mechanically unstable films, suggesting that there is a limit
to the amount of the weaker binding Eu3+ that can be used in order to get films with good
mechanical properties (see Chapter 3 for a more detailed description of this).
Figure 2.4 A Zn2+:Eu3+ 80:20 film stretched by hand which shows the elastomeric nature of the films caused by physical crosslinks formed from phase separation of the metal-ligand complexes from the polymer core.
All six of the films studied were optically clear under visible light and were
fluorescent upon exposure to UV light. Fig. 2.5 shows the fluorescence of the six films
under irradiation with 365 nm light. The film containing no Eu3+ (100:0) gives a blue
2+ 3+ fluorescence (λmax = 410 nm) on account of the Mebip:Zn complex. As Eu is
introduced into the supramolecular polymer, more of the Eu3+:Mebip complex emission is observed and as a result the film’s emission changes from blue to red/pink. For example, the film containing Zn2+:Eu3+ 80:20 appears light pink/purple from the
combination of the blue emission and the red emission. These effects are shown in the photoluminescence spectra (excited at 365 nm) of the films in Figure 2.5. The addition of
42
Eu3+ results in a decrease in the emission band at 410 nm and the appearance of the
distinctive Eu3+ emission bands at 575, 590, 615, and 645 nm. These bands have been
5 7 24 3+ identified as the D0→ F0–3 transitions. Upon increasing the concentration of Eu
within the films there is a decrease in the emission band at 410 nm and the distinctive
Eu3+-based emission bands at 590 and 615 nm appear.
Figure 2.5 a) Pictures of solution cast films of 2 with varying amounts of Zn2+ and Eu3+ under UV light (365 nm) demonstrating the change in the fluorescence from blue (Mebip:Zn2+ complex emission) to red/pink (metal-based Mebip:Eu3+ complex emission) as the Eu3+ content is increased. b) Photoluminescence spectra of films of 2 and varying ratios of Zn2+ and Eu3+ ranging 2+ 3+ from Zn :Eu 100:0 to 50:50 in 10% increments. λex = 365 nm. The small peak at 470 nm is an instrument artifact. c) Schematic representation of the antenna effect.
43
2.2.2 Thermomechanical Properties
The thermomechanical properties of the films were then investigated with the goal of
elucidating the effect of varying the Zn2+:Eu3+ ratio of these metallosupramolecular
polymers. Thus dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMA) studies were carried out on
the series of films that range from Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0 to Zn2+:Eu3+ 50:50. Figure 2.6a shows
the DMA data for the six films that were annealed at -35 °C for 60 min prior to being
cooled to -110 °C, at which point the run was started. If this annealing step is not carried
out and the samples are cooled to -110 °C directly from room temperature then an increase in modulus is seen around -35 °C (Figure 2.6b) during the experiment, which is attributed to the cold crystallization of the p(THF) core. Annealing at -35 °C for 60 min before the experiment removes most of this effect. Two other major thermal transitions are observed in all six of the films. The first transition corresponds to the glass transition temperature of poly(tetrahydrofuran) which is seen at ca. -80 °C, while the second transition is attributed to the Tm of the low molecular weight p(THF) segment that occurs
around 0 °C. The presence of both the peaks is consistent with the p(THF) being phase
separated from the metal complexes. The major difference in the thermomechanical properties of these films comes at higher temperatures. As a general trend the lower the
Zn2+:Eu3+ ratio the weaker and more thermally sensitive the films become. For example,
2+ after the Tm transition the modulus of the 100% Zn film stays relatively constant at ca.
30 MPa (the relative independence of modulus with temperature in this range is
consistent with the presence of physical crosslinking due to phase separation) with
increasing temperature, only dropping off significantly above 120 °C. The Zn2+:Eu3+
50:50 film on the other hand shows a gradual decrease in modulus, starting at ca. 30 MPa
44
after the melting point of p(THF), with increasing temperature and showing a significant drop in modulus above 40 °C.
Figure 2.6 Dynamic mechanical thermal analysis of solution cast films made from 2 with different ratios of Zn2+:Eu3+ ranging from 100:0 to 50:50. a) Samples were annealed at -35 °C prior to being run. b) Samples cooled directly to -110 °C from room temperature show an increase in modulus at -35 °C from cold crystallization. All samples display a glass transition of ca. -80 °C and a melting temperature of ca. 0 °C which are attributed to the poly(tetrahydrofuran) core.
The trend toward more thermally responsive films upon increasing Eu3+ content can be rationalized in a number of different ways. One aspect is the relative binding
strength of Eu3+ vs Zn2+ to the ligand. It has already been shown that Eu3+ is a weaker binder of Mebip than Zn2+ ions. Thus, it is expected that these films will be more
thermally responsive.
To see if the presence of Eu3+ has any effect on the mechanical properties of these
films, a series of four films that ranged from 80:5 to 80:20 (Zn2+:Eu3+) were prepared and
investigated. Interestingly, all four supramolecular polymers formed mechanically stable
stand-alone films, even though for three of them a significant number of chain-ends, in
the form of free ligand, must be present. The presence of physical crosslinks caused by
45
phase separation explains why these materials are not as sensitive to metal–ligand
stoichiometry as may be expected.25 DMA of these films, which are seen in Figure 2.7, do show, however, that the presence of the Eu3+ ions does enhance their
thermomechanical properties. There is a small improvement in the films’ moduli as free
ligands are bound to Eu3+, and an improvement in the temperature at which the sample
yields (the slight increase in Eʹ right before the sample yields is presumably from slippage at the clamps).
Figure 2.7 Dynamic mechanical thermal analysis of solution cast films with varying ratios of Zn2+:Eu3+ ranging from 80:5 to 80:20, showing the enhancement of mechanical properties with addition of Eu3+ ions over films prepared with free chain-ends.
It can be expected that in the solid-state a significant percentage of the Eu3+ ions
are complexed to three Mebip ligands and thus can potentially act as dynamic-
crosslinking sites. However, as mentioned before, the mechanical properties of these films seem to be more related to the phase separation between the core and the metal
3+ complexes. Thus it is also possible that the incorporation of the (Eu:Mebip3) complexes
46
2+ results in a disruption of the ordered (Zn:Mebip2) crosslinking hard phase. To examine
this aspect in more detail wide angle X-ray scattering (WAXS) studies were carried out
on selected films which contain different ratios of Zn2+ to Eu3+ (Figure 2.8a). As we have
seen before the Zn2+ only films show two main peaks, one at d = 9.8 Å (2θ = 9.0) and
another at d = 60.2 Å (2θ = 1.5). These peaks have previously been assigned to the metal-
to-metal distance within the hard phase (d = 9.8 Å) and the metal-to-metal distance
between different hard phases (d = 60.2 Å) (Figure 2.8b). As the Eu3+ content is increased in these films the peak (at d = 9.8 Å) corresponding to the order within the hard phase starts to decrease (as shown in Figure 2.8a) suggesting some sort of disruption of the
ordered packing within the hard phase. However, the peak at d = 60.2 Å is still observed
even in the Zn2+:Eu3+ 50:50 material. These results are consistent with the presence of some phase separation in the Eu3+-containing films but with disorder occurring within the
hard phase, likely because of trying to introduce the much bulkier 3:1 Mebip:Eu3+
complexes, which may contribute to a slight weakening of the films. Further structural
data, specifically looking at the phase separation is detailed in the next chapter.
47
Figure 2.8 a) Wide angle X-ray scattering (WAXS) of selected films of 2 with varying ratios of Zn2+:Eu3+ which demonstrate the loss of order in the hard phase (d = 9.8 Å, 2θ = 9) as the ratio of Zn2+:Eu3+ decreases. b) Schematic of the ordering of the metal-ligand complexes in these metallosupramolecular films in which an increase in Eu3+ does not affect the phase separation but does however decrease the ordering within each hard phase.
2.2.3 Stimuli-Responsive Behavior
Having demonstrated the increased thermomechanical sensitivity of the Eu3+-containing polymers, an investigation of the optical response of these films was undertaken upon exposure to either thermal or chemical stimuli. For example, upon heating the 70:30
(Zn2+:Eu3+) film to about 120 °C on a glass slide the fluorescence changes from pink to blue which can be seen in Figure 2.9a. The photoluminescence data (Figure 2.9b)
48
confirms that the increase in temperature results in the disappearance of the Eu3+-based
emission peaks (at 575, 590, and 615 nm). This provides further back-up evidence that, at least in part, the increase in the thermomechanical sensitivity of these films is on account of the more thermally sensitive Eu3+ complexes where an increase in temperature promotes an increased rate of decomplexation of the complexes formed with Eu3+. As the
temperature is returned to ambient (by simply removing the film from the heat source)
the pink color reappears, consistent with the recomplexation of the Eu3+ to Mebip
ligands. It should be noted that while there is a slight difference in emission color
between the film that is solution cast and the one that has been exposed to high
temperatures, a subsequent heating and cooling cycle did not show any significant change
in the emission spectra (Figure 2.9c) suggesting that once annealed this is a reversible
process. This phenomenon suggests that these materials may be used as temperature
sensors with reversible characteristics.26
49
Figure 2.9 a) Pictures of fluorescent temperature sensing behavior of a Zn2+:Eu3+ 70:30 film under UV light (365 nm). A sample heated to 120 °C results in quenching of the Eu3+ metal-based fluorescence. The original fluorescence returns upon cooling back to room temperature. b) The intensity of the Eu3+ metal-based emission peaks (575, 590, and 615 nm) are decreased as the temperature is elevated with complete quenching occurring at 120 °C. c) Photoluminescence spectra of the above films showing the reversible disappearance of the Eu3+ metal-based emission
upon heating and cooling (λex = 377 nm).
Along with being temperature sensors, the materials’ ability to act as chemical sensors was also investigated. As mentioned before, previous work has shown that small molecules containing the Mebip ligand have the ability to detect nerve gas agent mimics.
Using this knowledge, a 70:30 (Zn2+:Eu3+) film was exposed to triethyl phosphate, the
same nerve gas agent mimic used in the previous study. The first study simply dipped the
film into triethyl phosphate directly upon which the fluorescence changed visibly from
the red Eu3+ complex metal-based emission (Figure 2.10a) to the blue emission of the
Zn2+ complex and/or free ligand only (Figure 2.10b), however the polymer is slightly
50
soluble so exposure must be quick in order to avoid compromising the film. Similarly, a
solution of triethyl phosphate in hexanes (10 mM) produced the same quenching of the metal-based emission from Eu3+ complexes. As can be seen in Fig. 2.10c, the Eu3+-based
fluorescence is quenched only in the part of the film that was exposed to the solution.
This is consistent with the triethyl phosphate displacing the Eu3+ ion which results in the combined blue fluorescence from the Zn2+:Mebip complex and free ligand.
We also wanted to explore the potential for these films to detect organophosphate
vapors. To do this, a film was exposed to a triethyl phosphate enriched environment.
After 24 h exposure the film showed quenching of the Eu3+-based emission (Figure
2.10d). A film exposed for only 1 h showed similar changes, although the film’s red
fluorescence quickly returned upon removal from the triethyl phosphate-rich atmosphere, highlighting the reversibility of this process if the exposure times are kept short. These studies show that the incorporation of Eu3+ into these metallosupramolecular polymers also allows the films to be used as chemical sensors for detection of liquid, solution, and gaseous organophosphates by way of fluorescence quenching as demonstrated in Figure
2.10e.
51
Figure 2.10 Pictures of the fluorescence of a Zn2+:Eu3+ 70:30 film a) as cast, b) dipped into a 10 mM solution of triethyl phosphate in hexanes for 1 min, c) exposed to triethyl phosphate vapor for 24 hrs, and d) dipped directly into triethyl phosphate under UV light (365 nm). All films exposed to triethyl phosphate show quenching of the red Eu3+ metal-based emission as the Eu3+ is competitively bound by the phosphate. b) Photoluminescence spectra of the above films. All 3+ films show a decrease in the characteristic Eu emission peaks at 590 and 615 nm (λex = 377 nm).
52
2.3 CONCLUSIONS
The combination of Zn2+ and Eu3+ metal-ions with 4-oxy-2,6-bis-(10-
methylbenzimidazolyl)pyridine (Mebip) ditopic end-capped poly(tetrahydrofuran) results
in the formation of a metallosupramolecular polymer that yields stimuli-responsive
thermoplastic elastomer films. A series of these metallosupramolecular polymer films were studied with differing ratios of Zn2+ to Eu3+ in order to determine the effect that
increasing the Eu3+:Zn2+ ratio has on the photoluminescent, thermomechanical and
structural properties of these films. Increasing the films’ Eu3+ content results in a change
in fluorescence of the films from blue to red, which occurs as the blue ligand-based
emission from the Mebip:Zn2+ complexes is replaced by the more intense red Eu3+-based
emission from the Eu3+:Mebip complexes. The films’ mechanical properties show an
enhanced sensitivity to temperature with increasing Eu3+ content and the Eu3+-based
emission of these films is also sensitive to temperature as well as to chemicals known to
displace the Eu3+ from the ligand. This stimuli-responsive behavior combined with the
relatively good mechanical properties of these films offer potential as flexible
fluorescence-based temperature and chemical sensors.
2.4 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
2.4.1 Materials
All reagents and solvents were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. Reagents were used without further purification. Solvents were distilled from suitable drying agents.
Spectrophotometric grade chloroform and acetonitrile were used for all experiments.
53
2.4.2 Instruments
NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian 600 NMR spectrometer. Dynamic mechanical
thermal analysis experiments were performed using a TA Instruments DMAQ800 under
-1 N2 with liquid N2 cooling and heated at a rate of 10 °C min . UV-vis spectra were
obtained by a Perkin-Elmer Lambda 800 UV-vis spectrometer. Titration experiments
were performed in quartz cuvettes with scanning in the range of 250–400 nm with an
integration time of 0.24 s. Fluorescence spectra were obtained with a SPEX Fluorolog 3
(model FL3-12); corrections for the spectral dispersion of the Xe-lamp, the instrument
throughput, and the detector response were applied. Temperature and chemical dependent
photoluminescence spectra were acquired on an Ocean Optics ACD1000-USB
spectrometer (λex = 377 nm) through the use of a Y-shaped optical fiber in conjunction
with a Gel Instrumente AG hotstage with a TC2 temperature controller. The broad peak
centering around 490 nm that is observed in some measurements is the product of a
reflection from the slide the films were placed on. Molecular weights of the materials
were measured by mass spectrometry on a Bruker AUTOFLEX III MALDI-TOF/TOF
mass spectrometer using HABA [2-(4’-hydroxybenzeneazo) benzoic acid] as the matrix
with a sodium trifluoroacetate additive. X-Ray measurements were conducted using a
Rigaku SA-HF3 X-ray generator for the D/MAX2000/PC series diffractometer. All
samples for X-ray study were prepared as films and placed on a glass cover slide aligned
in the path of the wide-angle diffractometer.
54
2.4.3 Preparation of 2
In flame dried glassware, a mixture of 4-hydroxy-2,6-bis(10- methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine27 (HOMebip, 5.03 g, 14.1 mmol) and N,N- diiospropylethylamine (DIEA, 5.00 mL, 28.7 mmol) was suspended in 350 mL of freshly distilled tetrahydrofuran (THF). In a separate flask, 350 mL of freshly distilled THF were
cooled with stirring to 5 °C in an ice bath. Trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (1 mL,
5.9 mmol) was added to the THF and allowed to polymerize for 20 min. After 20 min, the
suspension of HOMebip and DIEA was added to terminate the growing polymer chain
and stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum to give a viscous purple
oil which was then dissolved in CHCl3 and washed with 1M NaOH (× 3). The precipitated unreacted HOMebip was filtered and the organic phase was stirred with decolorizing carbon to further remove excess HOMebip. After filtering off the carbon, the solvent was again removed under vacuum and the product was purified by column chromatography (CHCl3 : MeOH, 100 : 0, 99 : 1, 98 : 2) to give macromonomer 2 (7.9 g,
67%). δH(600 MHz; CDCl3) 7.92 (s, 4H, Ar), 7.86 (d, 4H, Ar), 7.46 (d, 4H, Ar), 7.36 (m,
8H, Ar), 4.26 (t, 4H, MebipOCH2), 4.23 (s, 12H, CH3), 3.40 (m, 256H, OCH2CH2), 1.61
(m, 260H, OCH2CH2); δC(100 MHz; CDCl3) 166.4, 150.9, 150.2, 142.3, 137.0, 123.3,
122.6, 119.9, 111.6, 109.8, 70.4, 32.4, 26.3. m/z (MALDI TOF-TOF) (matrix: HABA):
Mn = 3500. PDI: 1.03.
55
13 Figure 2.11 100 MHz C NMR of 2 in CDCl3.
Figure 2.12 MALDI-TOF of 2.
56
Figure 2.13 MALDI-TOF-TOF of 2 showing fragmentation of only the 4-hydroxy-2,6- bis(10-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine ligand (354 m/z) from the parent peak (3250 m/z).
2.4.4 Typical Sample Preparation of Metallosupramolecular Polymers
Example procedure for 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ 90:10. A solution containing 180 mg (0.045
mmol) of 2 in 1 mL of chloroform was mixed with 0.3 mL (0.003 mmol) of Eu(ClO4)3
from a 10 mM stock solution in acetonitrile then with 2.025 mL (0.0405 mmol) of
Zn(ClO4)2 from a 20 mM stock solution in acetonitrile. Once everything had dissolved, the solvent was removed under vacuum and the resulting polymer was redissolved in 1.5 mL of chloroform. This solution was then cast into an aluminum-walled casting dish with
a Teflon sheet bottom. The complex was allowed to air-dry overnight and then was vacuum dried in an oven for 6 h at 40 °C. Films of other metal ratios were prepared by
altering the amount of the Eu3+ and Zn2+ stock solutions appropriately. All films studied
had a thickness of 200 ± 20 µm.
57
Figure 2.14 Photoluminescence spectra of 2 and varying ratios of Zn2+ and Eu3+ ranging from 2+ 3+ Zn :Eu 100:0 to 50:50 in 10% increments in solution. λex = 365 nm. The small peaks at 470 nm and 495 are instrument artifacts.
Figure 2.15 Thermogravimetric analysis of the series of films prepared with 2 and varying ratios of Zn2+:Eu3+. The films are very thermally stable and > 5% weight loss is only observed above 300 °C, however there is a small amount of degradation of the perchlorate anion beginning around 150 °C.
58
2.4.5 Temperature and Chemical Responsiveness Experiments
A Zn2+:Eu3+ 70:30 film was used for all experiments. The response to temperature was
examined by placing the film on a glass slide at room temperature and heating to 120 °C before cooling to room temperature by simply removing the film from the heat source; this cycle of heating and cooling was then repeated. The PL spectra were recorded at different temperatures using an optical fiber setup (Ocean Optics).
Experiments for the detection of triethyl phosphate were carried out using a
Zn2+:Eu3+ 70:30 film. The solution detection was carried out by dipping the film into a 10
mM triethyl phosphate solution in hexanes. Color changes were observed after short
periods of time (10 s) with the full quenching of the red Eu3+-based emission occurring after 1 min. This was also seen in 1 mM solutions, although the time required for detection was greater. Vapor detection was accomplished by creating an analyte-rich environment by heating a beaker of triethyl phosphate at 60 °C for 2 h in a closed container. The temperature was then dropped back to room temperature (to avoid any thermal response) and the film was placed into the container for the desired amount of time.
2.5 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This material is based upon work supported by the National Science Foundation under
Grant no. CHE-0704026, DMR-0602869, DMR-0423914, and MRI-0821515 (for the purchase of the MALDI-TOF/TOF). Special thanks to Jihzu Jin for his initial work on these metallosupramolecular polymers.
59
2.6 REFERENCES
1. (a) Lehn, J. -M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2007, 36, 151–160. (b) Serpe, M. J.; Craig, S. L. Langmuir, 2007, 23, 1626–1634. (c) Ciferri, A. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2002, 23, 511–529.
2. (a) ten Brinke, G.; Ruokolainen, J.; Ikkala, O. Adv. Polym. Sci., 2007, 207, 113–177. (b) Rieth, S.; Baddeley, C.; Badjić, J. D. Soft Matter, 2007, 3, 137–154. (c) Mendes, P. M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2008, 37, 2512–2529. (d) Gunnlaugsson, T.; Leonard, J. P. Chem. Commun., 2005, 3114–3131.
3. Fox, J. D.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 6823–6835.
4. (a) Friese, V. A.; Kurth, D. G. Coord. Chem. Rev., 2008, 252, 199–211. (b) Dobrawa, R.; Würthner, F. J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 4981–4995. (c) Hofmeier, H.; Schubert, U. S. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2004, 33, 373–399. (d) McKenzie, B. M.; Rowan, S. J. Molecular Recognition and Polymers, ed. Rotello, V. M.; Thayumanavan, S. John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2008, ch. 7, pp. 157–178. (e) Friese, V. A.; Kurth, D. G. Curr. Opin. Colloid Interface Sci., 2009, 14, 81–93. (f) Schmatloch, S.; van den Berg, A. M. J.; Alexeev, A. S.; Hofmeier, H.; Schubert, U. S. Macromolecules, 2003, 36, 9943–9949.
5. Kurth, D. G.; Higuchi, M. Soft Matter, 2006, 2, 915–927.
6. (a) Vermonden, T.; van Steenbergen, M. J.; Besseling, N. A. M.; Marcelis, A. T. M.; Hennink, W. E.; Sudhölter; E. J. R.; Cohen Stuart, M. A. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 15802–15808. (b) Bender, J. L.; Corbin, P. S.; Fraser, C. L.; Metcalf, D. H.; Richardson, F. S.; Thomas, E. L.; Urbas, A. M. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2002, 124, 8526– 8527.
7. Handl, H. L.; Gillies, R. J. Life Sci., 2005, 77, 361–371.
8. Kuriki, K.; Koike Y.; Okamoto, Y. Chem. Rev., 2002, 102, 2347–2356.
60
9. (a) Binnemans, K. Liquid-crystalline lanthanide complexes in Inorganic Chemistry in Focus II, ed. Meyer, G.; Naumann, D.; Wesemann, L. Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2005, ch. 15, pp. 267–291. (b) Binnemans, K.; Goerller-Walrand, C. Chem. Rev., 2002, 102, 2303–2345.
10. (a) Kido, J.; Okamoto, Y. Chem. Rev., 2002, 102, 2357–2368. (b) Curry, R. J.; Gillin, W. P. Curr. Opin. Solid State Mater. Sci., 2001, 5, 481–486.
11. Bünzli, J. -C. G.; Piguet, C. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2005, 34, 1048–1077.
12. (a) Iyer, P.; Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Chem. Commun., 2005, 3, 319–321. (b) Knapton, D.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Macromolecules, 2006, 39, 651–657.
13. Beck, J. B.; Ineman J. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2005, 38, 5060–5068.
14. Piguet, C.; Williams, A. F.; Bernardinelli, G.; Bünzli, J. -C. G. Inorg. Chem., 1993, 32, 4139–4149.
15. (a) Lis, S. J. Alloys Compd., 2002, 341, 45–50. (b) Sabbatini, N.; Guardigli, M.; Lehn, J. -M. Coord. Chem. Rev., 1993, 123, 201–228.
16. Petoud, S.; Bünzli, J. -C. G.; Glanzman, T.; Piguet, C.; Xiang, Q.; Thummel, P. J. Lumin., 1999, 82, 69–79.
17. Escande, A.; Guénée, L.; Buchwalder, K. -L.; Piguet, C. Inorg. Chem., 2009, 48, 1132–1147.
18. Piguet, C.; Bünzli, J.- C. G.; Bernardinelli, G.; Hopfgartner, G.; Williams, A. F. J. Alloys Compd., 1995, 225, 324–330.
19. (a) Chen, C. -C.; Dormidontova, E. E. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 14972–14978. (b) Wang, S. H.; Chen, C.- C.; Dormidontova, E. E. Soft Matter, 2008, 4, 2039–2053.
20. (a) Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2003, 125, 13922– 13923. (b) Zhao, Y.; Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J.; Jamieson, A. M. Macromolecules, 2004, 37, 3529–
61
3531. (c) Weng, W.; Beck, J. B.; Jamieson, A. M.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2006, 128, 11663–11672.
21. (a) Kuroiwa, K.; Shibata, T.; Takada, A.; Nemoto, N.; Kimizuka, N. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 2016–2021. (b) Kim, H. -J.; Zin W. -C.; Lee, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 7009–7014. (c) Kawano, S.; Fujita, N.; Shinkai, S. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 8592–8593. (d) Kishimura, A.; Yamishita, T.; Aida, T. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 126, 179–183.
22. Knapton, D.; Burnworth, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2006, 45, 5825–5829.
23. Burnworth, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Chem. Eur. J., 2007, 13, 7828–7836.
24. Godlewska, P.; Macalik, L.; Hanuza, J. J. Alloys Compd., 2008, 451, 236–239.
25. Vermonden, T.; van der Gucht, J.; de Waard, P.; Marcelis, A. T. M.; Besseling, N. A. M.; Sudhölter, E. J. R.; Fleer, G. J.; Cohen Stuart, M. A. Macromolecules, 2003, 36, 7035–7044.
26. Kunzelman, J.; Chung, T.; Mather, P. T.; Weder, C. J. Mater. Chem., 2008, 18, 1082– 1086.
27. Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J. Faraday Discuss., 2005, 128, 43–53
62
CHAPTER 3
Influence of Metal-Ion and Polymer Core on the Melt
Rheology of Metallosupramolecular Films
Adapted from: Kumpfer, J. R.; Wie, J. J.; Swanson, J. P.; Beyer, F. L.; Mackay, M. M.; Rowan,
S. J. Macromolecules, 2012, 45, 473-480.
3.1 INTRODUCTION
As mentioned in the previous chapter, supramolecular polymers utilize reversible,
noncovalent interactions to achieve high molecular weight materials that combine the
properties of typical covalent polymers with those of low molecular weight molecules.1- 6
These polymers have gained increasing interest from a materials’ properties standpoint as
they can have mechanical properties similar to covalent polymers but have much greater
temperature-dependant viscosities as a result of the reversible interactions, which allows
easy processing and/or the material to exhibit stimuli-responsive behaviors.7- 11 An
additional benefit of these types of polymers is that their properties are widely tailorable
simply by modifying the reversible interaction used. In this chapter we explore a deeper
understanding of the structure-property relationships of these materials. We combine an
in-depth look at the melt rheological properties and behavior of the series of materials in
Chapter 2 along with small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) experiments to further investigate the impact of changing the metal interaction that is used.
A number of supramolecular polymers using different noncovalent interactions have been studied, with the largest focus being on hydrogen bonding systems.12- 15
System utilizing metal-ligand coordination16- 20 are growing more popular as they allow
for a wide range of properties as many different ligands and metal-ions can be used.
While detailed studies of the melt rheological properties of supramolecular polymers
assembled with hydrogen bonds have been carried out,21- 26 the same is not the case for metallosupramolecular polymers. This is likely a result of there being a much smaller reported number of metallosupramolecular polymers that display the ability to be processed into mechanically stable films. As such, in-depth solution rheological studies
64 of metal-coordination polymers have been reported,27-29 and similarly there have been investigations into the rheological and stimuli-responsiveness of metallosupramolecular gels.30- 33 However, to date there have been no studies performed exploring the solid- state, melt rheological properties of metallosupramolecular polymer films.
In the previous chapter we have shown that elastomeric films can be prepared from ligand end-capped low Tg polymers assembled with zinc and/or lanthanides and that these films show interesting stimuli-responsive properties that are highly dependent on the metal-ion content. In Chapter 2, metallosupramolecular polymers prepared from a
2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine (MeBip) endcapped poly(tetrahydrofuran) (1) with zinc and europium ions yield temperature and chemo-responsive films,34,35 while those prepared with MeBip endcapped poly(ethylene-co-butylene) (2) yield thermally and photo-responsive rehealable elastomers with either zinc or lanthanide ions.36 In order to achieve a better understanding of these metallosupramolecular polymers, we report a detailed rheological study of both these materials to examine the role of the metal-ions and the nature of the polymer backbone on the materials’ properties.
3.2 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Macromonomer 1 was again prepared via a cationic, ring-opening living polymerization of poly(THF) (see Chapter 2) while macromonomer 2 was prepared using Mitsunobu chemistry to attach the Mebip ligand to the terminal hydroxyl groups on a poly(ethylene- co-butylene) core as previously reported.35,36 As described in Chapter 2, these macromonomers were then self-assembled in solution with Zn2+ and Eu3+ perchlorate salts to yield the metallosupramolecular polymers which were then solution cast to yield 65 elastomeric films. For mixed metal-ion systems the percentages reported represent the idealized percentage of the total MeBip ligands that are coordinated with each metal-ion, assuming a 2:1 Mebip:Zn2+ binding and a 3:1 Mebip:Eu3+. For example, in a mixed
Zn2+:Eu3+ film of 70:30, 70% of the MeBip ligands can be bound to a Zn2+ ion and 30% of the ligand can bind to the Eu3+. The metal:macromonomer ratio was calculated to ensure all ligands can bind to a metal-ion and all metal-ions are fully coordinated.
Specifically in this study we were interested in examining the effect of two different parameters on the rheological properties of these materials, namely the effect of Zn2+ ions versus Eu3+ ions and the effect of the macromonomer core.
Figure 3.1 Chemical structures of Mebip end-capped macromonomers studied with poly(tetrahydrofuran) (2) and poly(ethylene-co-butylene) (3) cores.
66
3.2.1 Influence of Eu3+ Content
We have shown in the previous chapter, using dynamic mechanical thermal analysis
(DMA), that films of the metallosupramolecular polymers of 2 with higher ratios of the
Eu3+ to Zn2+ exhibit enhanced temperature sensitivity which leads to more thermally
sensitive stimuli-responsive films. Thus, to examine this effect in more detail a series of
films of 2 with varying Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios were prepared ranging from 100:0 to 50:50 in
10% increments. As we are also interested in the effects of changing the polymer core, films were also prepared with macromonomer 2, shown in Figure 3.1, with Zn2+:Eu3+
ratios of 100:0, 50:50, and 0:100. Metallosupramolecular polymers of 2 with less than
50% of the ligand bound to Zn2+ ions did not form mechanically stable films, yielding
instead only oils, however films made with 100% Eu3+ and 3 form elastomeric,
mechanically stable films.
Frequency sweeps were carried out over a range of temperatures for the films
prepared with 2 and then combined using time-temperature superposition to obtain
master curves which are shown in Figure 3.2. The master curves are useful in helping to
give insight into the structure of these metallosupramolecular polymers and how the
structure changes as more and more Eu3+ is introduced into the films. From the master
curves in Figure 3.2 it can be concluded that there is a change in the structure as the ratio
of Zn2+ to Eu3+ decreases. Films composed of 100% Zn2+ display typical rheological behavior of high molecular weight polymers after observation of the low frequency region. In the case of the high Zn2+ content films (100:0-70:30), the terminal (flow)
region cannot be reached over the range of temperatures and frequencies studied, and
only the plateau region can be observed. Surprisingly, no minimum in the tan δ curve (vs
67
ω) is observed that would correlate to a plateau modulus as shown in Figure 3.3. Even at lower temperatures, ca. -50 °C, no minimum is found for tan δ as seen in Figure 3.3b which may result from the fact that even at -50 °C the polymer is still well above Tg of
the poly(tetrahydrofuran) core (ca. -80 °C) .
68
Figure 3.2 Master curves of films of 2 prepared with varying ratios of Zn2+:Eu3+. a) 100:0, b) 90:10, c) 80:20, d) 70:30, e) 60:40, f) 50:50. Storage modulus (blue triangles), loss modulus (green circles), and complex viscosity (red squares) vs oscillatory angular frequency.
Tref = 30 °C.
69
As the Eu3+ content in the films increases, the frequency at which the behavior
changes from the plateau region to the terminal region shifts to higher values. This is
indicative of a decrease in the effective molecular weight of the assembled
macromonomers and/or a reduction of entanglements as a result of the molecular weight
reduction. This gives insight into what is changing structurally as the Eu3+ content is
increased. For a Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0 film, it would be expected to form a linear, high
molecular weight polymer as the 2:1 Mebip:Zn2+ complex will just yield chain extension.
Once Eu3+ is added, it can bind in a 3:1 Mebip:Eu3+ ratio which can result in branching along the metallosupramolecular polymer. Thus, as more Eu3+ is introduced, the amount
of branching will increase, which will effectively reduce the molecular weight of the
linear polymer segments, which are formed by chain extension with Zn2+ complexes
between crosslinks, since the amount of the Zn2+ is reduced, while the total molecular
weight increases. Concordantly, it can be expected that the polydispersity of the linear
polymer segments formed with Zn2+ will also increase as the Eu3+ content is increased
because the Eu3+, which is responsible for branching, can be inserted anywhere within a
linear polymer segment. This is backed up by examination of the G" vs. ω curves. In the
high content Zn2+ materials (100:0 and 90:10) both a minima and maxima are observed as
ω is decreased in the G" curve, however this behavior is replaced by a more linear one as
more Eu3+ is added, consistent with an increase in the polydispersity of the material.37
70
Figure 3.3 Time-temperature superposition curves of tan δ vs. ω of a) films prepared with 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios ranging from 100:0 to 50:50 from temperatures ranging from 30 °C to 110 °C and b) a 60:40 film with 2 with temperatures ranging from -30 °C to 70 °C. In all cases no minima are observed which would correlate to a plateau modulus (Ge).
Studies into the relaxation time, which is roughly defined as the terminal viscosity
divided by the plateau modulus, are also found to greatly depend on the Eu3+ content
within the films. It is not possible to determine the terminal viscosity for films containing
0% to 30% Eu3+, as the terminal region was not reached, but it is obvious that there is a
trend of increasing relaxation times with decreasing Eu3+ content (there is a shift in the
crossover point between Gʹ and Gʺ to larger ω). For the films containing 40% and 50%
Eu3+, the terminal viscosities, which were estimated at 3.3×1010 and 6.3×109 Pa∙s, are
used with estimations of the plateau modulus (3.79 and 3.97 MPa) to give relaxation
times of 8700 and 1600 seconds, respectively. As mentioned earlier no minimum in tan δ
was observed in these films so the estimations of the plateau modulus were taken from
the lowest measured tan δ value. Thus for these two films the estimated plateau modulus is lower than the real value. None-the-less these results show that the relaxation times of
71
these films are extremely dependent on the metal ratios, where a 10% increase in Eu3+
leads to a five-fold decrease in relaxation time. The increase in the estimated plateau
modulus from the 40% to 50% Eu3+ is only 5% which is within experimental error and
this suggests that the decrease in the terminal viscosity is primarily responsible for the
dramatic decrease in relaxation times as more Eu3+ is added. This is likely on account of
the increasing amount of Eu3+ increasing branching which will play a role in decreasing the viscosity. It is also possible that the decrease in terminal viscosity in the higher concentration Eu3+ materials is on account of the easier decomplexation of the weaker
bound Eu3+ complexes relative to the Zn2+ complexes resulting in more facile
depolymerization in the system.
The effect on the temperature-sensitivity with changing metal ratios can be
elucidated by examining the vertical and horizontal shift factors of the master curves
shown in Figure 3.4. The horizontal shift factors (Figure 3.4a) change in both slope and intensity which implies that these materials are quite temperature dependent. The vertical shift factors (Figure 3.4b) also show the dramatic change in the temperature sensitivity, particularly at high temperature, with decreasing the Zn2+:Eu3+ ratio. For example, the
vertical shift factors for the Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0 film change little with temperature, while the
Zn2+:Eu3+ 50:50 film exhibits much different behavior in the temperature range studied.
A trend is observed with changing metal ratio and as the amount of Eu3+ is increased the
vertical shift factors move from a linear response to a larger and larger nonlinear response
with temperature. This data is consistent with the previously published DMA results
which show the increasing temperature sensitivity with increasing amounts of Eu3+ in the
films.
72
Figure 3.4 a) Horizontal and b) vertical shift factors of the series of films prepared with 2. The
difference in aT at high temperatures suggest these films are relatively frequency dependent, 3+ whereas changes in bT with increasing Eu display the increased temperature sensitivity. Error bars are shown for the Zn2+:Eu3+ 50:50 sample only for clarity; however, they apply to all of the data sets in b). The error results from a curve fit minimizing an objective function to overlay the curves.
While the temperature dependence of the vertical shift factor bT may seem
unusual it can be explained quite simply by remembering its origin. Consider network
38 theory where the storage and loss modulus can both be written as nkBT ƒ(λω) where n is the number of crosslinks per unit volume, kB, Boltzmann’s constant, T, temperature,
and ƒ(λω), a function describing the modulus frequency dependence (ω) which is
normalized by a relaxation time (λ). Of course, the functional form is different for the
two moduli. The number of crosslinks can be interpreted as the number of molecules per
unit volume or entanglements per unit volume depending on model specifics for the
system at hand. For linear polymer melts n can be written as ρNA/M where ρ is the mass
density, NA, Avogadros number and M is molecular weight, allowing one to write the
vertical shift factor as 73
[ρN A / M ] k BT ρT bT = = (Eq. 3.1) [ρ0 N A / M 0 ] k BT0 ρ0T0 where the subscript 0 is used to denote “at the reference temperature” and the molecular weight is assumed constant in the later form of the equation. Since the melt density does not change very much with temperature and the absolute temperature similarly changes little, plus as temperature rises the density falls, bT will typically change by at most 10%.
The metallosupramolecular materials studied here have higher temperature sensitivity, especially those containing larger amounts of Eu3+. This is consistent with
Eu3+ decomplexing from the Mebip end groups as the temperature is increased. This leads to bT falling by a factor of two in the case of the 50:50 material suggesting the effective molecular weight changes with temperature. This may violate the inherent assumption of thermorheological simplicity, invalidating the use of shift factors, however, the effect is relatively mild in that the entire material does not decomplex and we believe that one can use shift factors to obtain an approximation to the full rheological response for the extended frequency range. Using the shift factors we can then estimate the activation energy (Ea) of the system which will be a mean of the activation energy for reputation and breaking of the chains. The activation energies increase with increasing
Eu3+ content ranging from ~55 kJ/mol for the 100:0 film to ~68 kJ/mol for the 50:50 film.
These values are relatively close to that given by Cohen Stuart and coworkers for a metallosupramolecular polymer prepared from a ditopic pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate end- capped poly(ethylene glycol) with 100% Nd3+ of 49 kJ/mol. Yet, this caveat should be kept in mind; the higher Eu3+ content materials may change in effective molecular weight and the terminal region, obtained from higher temperature data, may have a smaller
74
molecular weight than data collected at lower temperatures. Indeed we should expect this
since at higher temperatures the materials obtain low viscosity through more complete decomplexation allowing them to heal if need be.
The complex viscosity is also directly affected by the metal-ion composition of
the films. As the ratio of Zn2+:Eu3+ is decreased, the viscosity is observed to decrease,
most noticeably upon approaching the terminal region. As mentioned before, the
transition to the terminal region is only observed for the films comprised of Zn2+:Eu3+
60:40 and 50:50 which can also be seen in the complex viscosity data. It is necessary to
remember that the effective molecular weight for these films should be reduced as
temperature is increased as a result of metal-ligand decomplexation of the more thermally responsive Eu3+ complexes. Increasing the Eu3+ content will also result in increased branching as mentioned earlier. This suggests that the viscosity decrease is most likely a result of depolymerization at high temperatures and/or increased branching of the metallosupramolecular polymer. The probability of forming rings should also increase
with increasing Eu3+ which may also contribute to the reduction in viscosity, although no
evidence directly supports this idea. The film with the lowest complex viscosity
(Zn2+:Eu3+ 50:50) has a terminal viscosity of approximately 5×109 Pa·s. This value is
higher than any previously reported for a supramolecular polymer and may in part be
related to the microphase separated morphology of these materials (which is looked at in
detail later on in this chapter). Figure 3.5 shows that the complex viscosities are also
shown to increase dramatically as the Eu3+ content is decreased as there is a five-fold estimated increase in the terminal viscosity of the 60:40 over the 50:50 film. For films consisting of Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios of 100:0 to 70:30, a terminal viscosity is not reached in the
75
temperature-frequency range studied. All of these films show viscosities ranging from
5×1011 to 1×1012 Pa·s with terminal viscosities expected to be even larger. This is
extremely surprising for thermoplastic elastomers, as one definition of a glass is a
material exhibiting a viscosity of 1×1012 Pa·s.39 These films show viscosities just below that defined transition, suggesting that these films are behaving as extremely viscous liquids.
Figure 3.5 Time-temperature superposition plot of complex viscosity vs. oscillatory angular frequency. Films of 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios of 60:40 and 50:50 approach terminal viscosities while films containing less Eu3+ have nonterminal viscosities of order 1012 Pa·s which is near the defined viscosity of a glass. The temperature range studied was 30 – 110 °C.
3.2.2 Influence of the core polymer
In order to study the impact of the polymer backbone on the melt rheology behavior of
these metallosupramolecular polymers select films (Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0, 50:50, and 0:100)
were prepared from the end-capped poly(ethylene-co-butylene) macromonomer (3) and compared with the previous results for the same Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios with 2. Both cores have 76
low glass transition temperatures (ca. -80 and -25 °C for 2 and 3 respectively), however the poly(tetrahydrofuran) core is more polar and the oxygen atoms in the backbone have the potential to act as weak metal-ion coordinating sites, which is not possible in the hydrocarbon core of 3.
Meijer and coworkers40 have shown that the polarity of the core polymer in
telechelic supramolecular polymers assembled using hydrogen-bonding of benzene-1,3,5-
tricarboxamide motifs influences the self-assembly process. Polar polymers were found
to disrupt hydrogen bonding and dramatically reduce the mechanical properties compared
to the nonpolar polymers which yielded highly phase separated materials. It was expected
that these metallosupramolecular polymers would behave in a similar fashion so that the
poly(ethylene-co-butylene) core would enhance the material properties of the films as it
should allow for greater phase separation from the charged metal-ligand complexes, whereas the poly(tetrahydrofuran) monomer would be more miscible with the complexes and has the potential to weakly coordinate the metal-ions, especially the Eu3+ ions.
Examples of the long-range ordering of lamellae resulting from phase separation in films
prepared with 3 are shown in Figures 3.6a-b.
77
Figure 3.6 a) Representative TEM micrographs showing the lamellar morphology of films of 3 with a) 100% Zn(NTf2)2 and b) 100% La(NTf2)3.
This anticipated difference in the microphase separation behaviors of 2 and 3 was
studied using small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) on films of the different materials, as
was recently shown for solution cast films of 3 with Zn2+. Microphase separated
morphologies with appreciable long-range order give rise to constructive interference
between scattered X-rays producing Bragg diffraction maxima; materials with good long-
range order exhibit a higher number of Bragg maxima than those with poor long-range
order. Figure 3.7a shows the SAXS data for the series of films prepared with 2. For all
samples, two distinct Bragg diffraction maxima are observed, characteristic of moderate
long-range order. The second order peaks are located at twice the spacing of the primary
maxima (q*), indicative of a lamellar morphology in which the poly(tetrahydrofuran) core
and metal-ligand complexes form alternating layers of soft and hard phases, respectively,
and consistent with those reported previously for metallosupramolecular polymers. The
lamellar period, d, where d = 2π/q*, is approximately 8.2 nm for all samples, and gives
the center-to-center distance between hard phases in the case of a lamellar morphology. 78
Figure 3.7 a) SAXS of the series of films prepared with 2 showing a typical pattern for a lamellar morphology. The presence of two distinct scattering peaks represent moderate long-range ordering of the metal-ligand phases. b) Comparison of Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0 films made with 2 (bottom, red) and 3 (top, gold). Films prepared with macromonomer 3 show much greater long- range ordering (four distinct scattering peaks) as a result of better phase separation. c) Schematic representation of phase separated lamellar morphology upon self-assembly.
When compared to the films prepared with 3, which all showed at least three
Bragg diffraction maxima, it is apparent that the degree of ordering in the films based on
2 is significantly reduced (Fig. 3.7b). This is consistent with the more polar poly(tetrahydrofuran) showing less phase separation from the charged metal-ligand phase and also being able to interfere with the ability of the Zn2+ to form metal-ligand
complexes with the Mebip ligand, resulting in reduced long-range order relative to the
100% Zn2+ sample based on poly(ethylene-co-butylene) (3). Interestingly, the degree of
79
long-range order is unaffected by the replacement of Zn2+ with Eu3+ in the materials
based on poly(tetrahydrofuran) macromonomer 2. Therefore, in the case of the polar
poly(tetrahydrofuran) cores, the effect of the polar core on the long-range order strongly
dominates over the effect of metal-ion.
As expected because of the increased lamellar ordering and better phase
separation, the films prepared with 3 show dramatic enhancements in material properties
over films prepared with 2 as shown in Figure 3.8. A direct comparison of the Zn2+:Eu3+
100:0 materials (Fig. 3.8a) show an order of magnitude enhancement in the modulus and
viscosity just by changing the polymer core from 2 to 3. The mechanical enhancement is most obvious when comparing the 50:50 and 0:100 films, focusing primarily on the lower frequency behavior. As shown earlier, films made with 2 at this metal ratio essentially
displayed a terminal region, whereas films of the same metal ratio with 3 are still in the
plateau region at the same frequencies and temperatures as shown in Figure 3.8b-c. In
fact, the Zn2+:Eu3+ 50:50 film with 3 demonstrates very similar behavior with the 100:0 film prepared with 2 suggesting that the polymer core plays a larger role in determining the materials’ properties than the two different metal-ions in the mixed Zn2+ and Eu3+
films. This effect can, in part, be explained by the increased microphase separation and
long-range morphology observed in the metallosupramolecular polymers of 3 when
compared to 2. As mentioned before, films of 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ 0:100 do not form stable
films and result in oils. Interestingly, however, films prepared with 100% Eu3+ and 3 do
form mechanically stable films with modulus values similar to the 50% Eu3+ films
(though they do show an increased temperature dependence). This is consistent with the
increased phase separation imparted by the nonpolar core of macromonomer 3 and/or the
80
ability of the poly(THF) oxygens in 2 to weakly coordinate with the Eu3+ and compete
with the ligand complexes.
Figure 3.8 Direct comparison of the master curves obtained for films prepared with 2 (open) vs. 3 (closed) containing Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios of a) 100:0, b) 50:50, and c) 0:100. Films prepared with 3 show enhancement in G’ (blue triangles), G” (green circles), and η* (red squares) which is a result of increased phase separation between the polymer core and metal-ligand complexes.
Observation of the shift factors of the films prepared with 3 from the master
curves shows that they have similar trends to those presented earlier for the films made
with 2. As more Eu3+ is introduced into these materials they show increased frequency
and temperature dependence, especially at higher temperatures. Unlike the films prepared
with 2, however, even at a Zn2+:Eu3+ ratio of 50:50 films of 3 show no sign of reaching 81
the terminal region. In fact it is only when observing the 0:100 film prepared with 3 that
we observe the terminal region at higher temperatures. As shown in Figure 3.9a, aT of the
0:100 film with 3 is decreased by an order of magnitude compared to the 100:0 and 50:50
film and rough estimations of the activation energies range from ~60 kJ/mol for the 100:0 film to ~73 kJ/mol for the 0:100 film. Similarly, bT (Figure 3.9b) shows little change over
the temperatures studied in the 100:0 and 50:50 films, while the 0:100 film shows a very
nonlinear response in comparison. This behavior of the shift factors is consistent with
what was reported earlier for the films prepared with 2 and increased phase separation
observed in the films with 3 is believed to be the cause of the slightly decreased
temperature and frequency dependence.
Figure 3.9 a) Horizontal and b) vertical shift factors of films prepared with 3 with Zn2+:Eu3+ ratios of 100:0, 50:50, and 0:100 (closed) and 2 with 0:100 (open). Similar to the films prepared with 2, these films are relatively frequency dependent and have increased temperature sensitivity with increasing Eu3+ content.
82
3.2.3 Response at high strain
Strain sweeps are generally used to determine what strain magnitude can be used in order
to stay within the linear viscoelastic region which is verified as a linear response in G',
G", and tan δ. Once the stress no longer follows a linear trend the material is said to be
outside of the viscoelastic region. This can also be seen in the stress waveform which
follows a sinusoidal pattern within the linear viscoelastic region while outside of this
region the waveform becomes non-sinusoidal having multiple frequency components
easily visualized by a Fourier transform of the stress wave. Interestingly, for all Zn2+:Eu3+
films a sinusoidal waveform is observed even though the material is no longer in the
linear viscoelastic region as shown in Figure 3.10. The large amplitude oscillatory strain
experiments were performed with a sampling frequency of 500 data points per second
which will not influence data analysis since the frequency used in this study, 10 rad/s, are
well below the sampling rate. Furthermore, a Fourier transform of the output torque
showed no higher order harmonics consistent with the model proposed below. For all
films, a strain of greater than 15% is well within the apparent non-linear region as the
storage modulus has typically decreased by a factor of approximately two; however, a linear stress (torque) response is still seen. This is very uncommon and we believe this to be a result of the extremely long relaxation times that are observed for these materials.
83
Figure 3.10 Strain sweeps of films of 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ a) 100:0 b) 90:10 c) 80:20 d) 70:30 e) 60:40 f) 50:50. The waveform at 1% strain (i) shows a typical sinusoidal response in the linear region of the strain sweep. At increased strains (ii) the material is no longer in the viscoelastic region; however the waveform still shows a linear response as a result of the extremely long relaxation times which prevent them from relaxing within the experiment timeframe.
84
As mentioned above, the relaxation times for the two samples that displayed a
terminal region were 1000-10,000 s in value. These are quite large and because of this it
is believed that the system cannot relax during a strain cycle. This is expected because of
the phase separated morphology prohibiting molecular motion greatly affecting the
destruction or creation of the network segment terms in the network theory frequently
used to describe non-linear rheological behavior.41 The term can be written as a function
of the strain or stress, which are both functions of time, exemplifying that as the strain or
stress is increased the rate of segment destruction increases and the segment creation
decreases, but they are also functions of time. Here we assume the network creation rate,
0 0 L, can be written as L0 exp(aγ ), where L0 and a are constants and γ is the strain amplitude making the creation rate only a function of the strain amplitude and not time.
0 Similarly the destruction rate, 1/λ, is given by 1/λ0 exp(bγ ), is again dependent on the
strain amplitude but not time. Of course, the strain in this experiment is given by, γ(t) =
γ°sin(ωt), where ω is the frequency.
We postulate that there is minimal relaxation during a strain cycle since the relaxation times are so large in these materials, as mentioned above, and so assume the destruction and creation rates are related to the strain amplitude. When this is done the equations developed by Ahn and co-workers are remarkably simple to solve. The stress is a pure sinusoid of the form sin(ωt+δ), where δ is the phase lag, so one easily finds for a singular relaxation mode
o e[a−b] γ ω 2 G′ = o (Eq. 3.2) e2bγ + ω 2
85
and
o eaγ ω G′′ = o (Eq. 3.3) e2bγ + ω 2
From this model we can draw two conclusions. Firstly, it is possible to have a pure sinusoid in the “non-linear” viscoelastic region as we believe that the material cannot relax during a period of oscillation. In true polymeric materials relaxation occurs via segmental Brownian motion. This does not seem to occur in our materials and it appears that structural recovery is slow and related to the materials’ morphology, the metal-ions coordinating with the end groups, and in the case of 2, with the oxygen atoms present in
the polymeric backbone. The thermal energy is insufficient to allow rapid recovery for
the conditions we have chosen to use.
Secondly, equations 3.2 and 3.3 are extremely robust in their predictions. The
relative magnitude of a and b can change the strain response of the material to generate
rheological phase diagrams suggested by Ahn and co-workers. The results in Figure 3.9
suggest a > b since both G' and G" decrease with γ°. Of course, detailed modeling would
be required to satisfactorily fit the moduli data over all frequencies and strains, however
little would be gained as we would have to make arbitrary assumptions concerning
multiple relaxation modes, specifically which mode would be represented by equations
3.2 and 3.3 and whether a and b are the same for each relaxation mode. This model is
very powerful though and rich in its predictions, and lends credence to our hypothesis
that relaxation during a deformation cycle does not occur.
As far as we know this is the first observation of this effect where a pure sinusoid
is observed in the so-called non-linear region. The materials synthesized in this work are
86 obviously unusual when compared to conventional covalent polymers; however, we do not believe that this effect is unique. If another system cannot relax during an oscillation period then similar behavior could be observed. Obviously our system has extremely large relaxation times allowing us to observe this behavior.
3.3 CONCLUSIONS
A detailed study of the rheological behavior of a series of metallosupramolecular films in the melt was carried out to determine the impact of changing metals and the macromonomers. It was found that in films with varying ratios of zinc and europium, increasing the europium content resulted in a dramatic change in the temperature response which allowed the films to reach the terminal region. It was also determined that the polymeric core plays a significant role in the materials’ properties where a non-polar poly(ethylene-co-butylene) core displayed dramatic enhancement of G', G" and η* relative to the more polar poly(tetrahydrofuran) core. All of the films studied had terminal complex viscosities greater than 1x109 Pa·s which is higher than any previously reported for a supramolecular polymer. The films exhibited a sinusoidal waveform in the
“nonlinear” viscoelastic region of the strain sweeps as a result of extremely long relaxation times which prevents the material from relaxing during a period of oscillation.
This was used to develop a simplified network model which can be applied to other materials that are unable to relax during an oscillation period.
87
3.4 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
3.4.1 Materials
Compounds 2 and 3 were synthesized according to previously published methods35,36
with molecular weights of 4200 g/mol and 4000 g/mol respectively. All reagents and
solvents were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. and used without further
purification. Spectrophotometric grade chloroform and acetonitrile were used for all
experiments.
3.4.2 Sample film preparation
Example procedure for 2 with Zn2+:Eu3+ 70:30
952 µL (0.01 mmol) of a Eu(ClO4)3 solution in acetonitrile (10 mM) and 1666.7 µL
(0.03 mmol) of a Zn(ClO4)2 solution in acetonitrile (20 mM) was mixed with 200 mg
(0.05 mmol) of 2 in 5 mL of chloroform. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the
metallosupramolecular polymer was redissolved in 2 mL of chloroform, cast into an
aluminum-walled casting dish with a Teflon base, and allowed to air-dry overnight. The
films were further dried in a vacuum oven at 40 °C for 6 hrs. to remove any residual
solvent before use. Films made with 3 and of other metal ratios were prepared by varying
the amounts of Eu(ClO4)3 and Zn(ClO4)2 appropriately. Typical film thicknesses were
0.25 mm ± 0.05 mm.
3.4.3 Rheological Measurements
All experiments were carried out on a TA Instruments ARES G2 rheometer with 8 mm
parallel plates. Circular discs of the films were obtained using an 8 mm diameter steel
88
punch. Prior to each experiment, the samples were heated under compression for short
periods of time (5 mins., see below for more details) before cooling to 30 °C. This step is
required for good adhesion between the films and the plates. It also erases any thermal
history that may have resulted from crystallization of the poly(tetrahydrofuran) core of
macromonomer 2. Films of composition Zn2+:Eu3+ 100:0 to 80:20 were heated to 130 °C
under a normal force of 5 N. Films with higher europium contents required slightly lower
temperatures and pressures to prevent the film from flowing out of the plates. As such,
the 70:30 film was pressed at 110 °C and 5 N, the 60:40 film at 90 °C and 3 N, and the
50:50 film was pressed at 70 °C and 3 N. Strain sweeps were performed in order to
determine the linear viscoelastic region for each film. Samples were strained at a constant
frequency of 10 rad/s and ramped from 0.1% strain until the samples lost adhesion, which
was typically at strains larger than 30%. All frequency sweep experiments were
performed at 1% strain to ensure that all responses were in the viscoelastic region.
Frequency sweeps were carried out over a frequency range of 0.1 to 100 rad/s with
temperatures from 30 °C to 110 °C in 20 °C increments. Temperatures never exceeded
130 °C to avoid decomposition of the metal salts. The frequency sweeps for each film
were then combined using time-temperature superposition to generate master curves.
The reference temperature was 30 °C for all master curves.
3.4.4 Small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) characterization
SAXS data were collected using a customized, pinhole collimated SAXS camera. X-rays
having wavelength (λ) of 1.542 Å were generated at 45 kV and 100 mA with a Rigaku
Ultrax18 rotating Cu anode and filtered using Ni foil. Two-dimensional data sets were
89
collected using a Molecular Metrology 120 mm diameter area detector, then corrected for
background noise and sample absorption. The corrected data were then azimuthally averaged to yield one-dimensional intensity, I, as a function of scattering vector magnitude, q, where q = 4πsin(θ)/λ and 2θ is the scattering angle. The instrument was calibrated using Ag behenate and the data placed on an absolute scale (cm-1) using type-2
glassy carbon, previously calibrated at the Advanced Photon Source, Argonne National
Laboratory, as a secondary intensity standard. Each sample was characterized at two
sample-to-detector distances, 150 cm and 50 cm, and the reduced data combined into one
continuous data set. All SAXS data processing, manipulation, and analysis was
performed using Wavemetrics IGOR Pro and procedures available from Argonne
National Laboratory.42
3.5 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This material is based upon work supported by the U.S. Army Research Office
(W911NF-09-1-0288), the National Science Foundation under Grants CHE-0704026,
DMR-0602869, and MRI-0821515 (for the purchase of the MALDI-TOF/TOF), and the
Case School of Engineering. Special thanks goes to Jeong Wie and John Swanson for
their contributions to the rheology experiments, Fredrick Beyer for his help with the
SAXS measurements, and Michael Mackay for his invaluable help in interpreting the
rheological data and proposed simplified network model.
90
3.6 REFERENCES
1. Fox, J. D.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 6823–6835.
2. De Greef, T. F. A.; Smulders, M. M. J.; Wolffs, M.; Schenning, A. P. H. J.; Sijbesma, R. P.; Meijer, E. W. Chem. Rev., 2009, 109, 5687–5754.
3. Lehn, J. -M. Prog. Polym. Sci., 2005, 30, 814–831.
4. Weck, M. Polym. Int., 2007, 56, 453–460.
5. Harada, A.; Takashima, Y.; Yamaguchi, H. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2009, 38, 875–882.
6. Courtois, J.; Baroudi, I.; Nouvel, N.; Degrandi, E.; Pensen, S.; Ducouret, G.; Chanéac, C.; Bouteiller, L.; Creton, C. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2010, 20, 1803–1811.
7. Wojtecki, R. J.; Meador, M. A.; Rowan, S. J. Nature Mater., 2011, 10, 14.
8. Kim, H. -J.; Lim, Y. -B.; Lee, M. J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 2008, 46, 1925–1935.
9. Rieth, S.; Baddeley, C.; Badjić, J. D. Soft Matter, 2007, 3, 137–154.
10. Nair, K. P.; Breedveld, V.; Weck, M. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 3346–3357.
11. (a) Yuen, F.; Tam, K. C. Soft Matter, 2010, 6, 4613–4630. (b) Liu, J.; Chen, G.; Goo, M.; Jiang, M. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 8086–8093. (c) Sholrollahi, P.; Mirzadeh, H.; Scherman, O. A.; Huck, W. T. S. J. Biomed. Mater. Res., Part A, 2010, 95A, 209– 221. (d) Matsumoto, S.; Yamaguchi, S.; Ueno, S.; Komatsu, H.; Ikeda, M.; Ishizuka, K.; Iko, Y.; Tabata, K. V.; Aoki, H.; Ito, S.; Noji, H.; Hamachi, I. Chem.—Eur. J., 2008, 14, 3977–3986.
12. Shimizu, L. S. Polym. Int., 2007, 56, 444–452.
91
13. Bouteiller, L. Adv. Polym. Sci., 2007, 207, 79–112.
14. Armstrong, G.; Buggy, M. J. Mater. Sci., 2005, 40, 547–559.
15. Binder, W. H.; Zirbs, R. Adv. Polym. Sci., 2007, 207, 1–78.
16. Chiper, M.; Hoogenboom, R.; Schubert, U. S. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2009, 30, 565–578.
17. Moughton, A. O.; O’Reilly, R. K. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2010, 31, 37–52.
18. McKenzie, B. M.; Rowan, S. J. Molecular Recognition and Polymers; Rotello, V. M.; Thayumanavan, S., Eds.; John Wiley and Sons: Hoboken, NJ, 2008; Chapter 7, p 157.
19. Li, Z.; Djohari, H.; Dormidontova, E. E. J. Chem. Phys., 2010, 133, 184904-1-9.
20. Xu, D.; Craig, S. L. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 5465–5472.
21. van Beek, D. J. M.; Spiering, A. J. H.; Peters, G. W. M.; te Nijenhuis, K.; Sijbesma, R. P. Macromolecules, 2007, 40, 8464–8475.
22. Sivakova, S.; Bohnsack, D. A.; Mackay, M. E.; Suwanmala, P.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 127, 18202–18211.
23. Elkins, C. L.; Park, T.; Mckee, M. G.; Long, T. E. J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 4618–4631.
24. Herbst, F.; Schröter, K.; Gunkel, I.; Gröger, S.; Thurn-Albrecht, T.; Balbach, J.; Binder, W. H. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 10006–10016.
25. Wietor, J.-L.; van Beek, D. J. M.; Peters, G. W.; Mendes, E.; Sijbesma, R. P. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 1211–1219.
92
26. Woodward, P. J.; Merino, D. H.; Greenland, B.W.; Hamley, I.W.; Light, Z.; Slark, A. T.; Hayes, W. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 2512–2517.
27. Xu, D.; Craig, S. L. J. Phys. Chem. Lett., 2010, 1, 1683–1686.
28. Vermonden, T.; van Steenbergen, J.; Besseling, N. A. M.; Marcelis, A. T. M.;Hennink, W. E.; Sudhölter, E. J. R.; Cohen Stuart, M. A. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 15802–15808.
29. Serpe, M. J.; Craig, S. L. Langmuir, 2007, 23, 1626–1634.
30. Weng, W.; Li, Z.; Jamieson, A. M.; Rowan, S. J. Soft Matter, 2009, 5, 4647–4657.
31. Lee, J. H.; Lee, H.; Seo, S.; Jaworski, J.; Seo, M. L.; Kang, S.; Lee, J. Y.; Jung, J. H. New J. Chem., 2011, 35, 1054–1059.
32. Adarsh, N. N.;Dastidar, P. Cryst. Growth. Des., 2011, 11, 328–336.
33. (a) Zhao, Y.; Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J.; Jamieson, A. M. Macromolecules, 2004, 37, 3529–3531. (b) Batabyal, S. K.; Leong, W. L.; Vittal, J. J. Langmuir, 2010, 26, 7464– 7468. (c) Grondin, P.; Roubeau, O.; Castro, M.; Saadaoui, H.; Colin, A.; Clérac, R. Langmuir, 2010, 26, 5184–5195. (d) Weng, W.; Beck, J. B.; Jamieson, A. M.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2006, 128, 1163–11672.
34. Beck, J. B.; Ineman, J. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2005, 38, 5060–5068.
35. Kumpfer, J. R.; Jin, J.; Rowan, S. J. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 145–151.
36. Burnworth, M.; Tang, L.; Kumpfer, J. R.; Duncan, A. J.; Beyer, F. L.; Fiore, G. L.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Nature, 2011, 472, 334–337.
37. Ferry, J. D. Viscoelastic Properties of Polymers, 3rd ed.; John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: New York, 1980.
93
38. Larson, R. G. Constitutive Equations for Polymer Melts and Solutions; Butterworths: Boston, 1988.
39. Fluegel, A.;Varshneya, A. K.; Earl, D. A.; Seward, T. P.; Oksoy, D. Ceram. Trans., 2005, 170, 129–143.
40. Mes, T.; Smulders, M. M. J.; Palmans, A. R. A.; Meijer, E. W. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 1981–1991.
41. Sim, H. G.; Ahn, K. H.; Lee, S. J. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech., 2003, 112, 237– 250.
42. Ilavsky, J.; Jemian, P. R. J. Appl. Cyrstallogr., 2009, 42, 347.
94
CHAPTER 4
Thermo-, Photo-, and Chemo-Responsive Shape-
Memory Properties from Photocrosslinked
Metallosupramolecular Polymers
Adapted from: Kumpfer, J. R.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2011, 133, 12866-12874.
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Equipped with a better understanding of how the metal-ion and polymer core can be used
to tailor the optical, mechanical, and structural properties of metallosupramolecular films, we aim to combine that knowledge and apply it to design a series of stimuli-responsive materials. As has been shown, the phase separation of the metal-ligand complexes act as physical crosslinks which are able to give the films elastomeric properties, yet these crosslinks are susceptible to various stimuli including ultraviolet light, elevated temperatures, and chemicals. If another set of permanent crosslinks were introduced to these films along with the noncovalent metal-ligand crosslinks, we should be able to create films which show shape-memory properties.
Materials are said to exhibit shape-memory properties if they are able to fix a temporary shape and recover back to their “remembered” permanent shape when exposed to an external stimuli.1- 4 These materials typically consist of two distinct types of
crosslinking: a reversible “crosslink” (usually in the form of a thermal transition such as
Tg, Tm, or clearing point of a liquid crystalline material) responsible for holding the
temporary shape and a nonreversible crosslink (which can be either a covalent or a
physical crosslink) used to fix the permanent shape. In a polymer that exhibits thermal
shape-memory properties, the material is heated above a temperature at which the
reversible crosslinks break and deformed (stretched, twisted, folded, etc…). Upon
cooling, the reversible crosslinks reform and lock in the “temporary” deformed shape.
The original shape is recovered by simply heating the sample again to release the
reversible crosslinks and the material returns to the entropically favored shape as a result
of releasing the entropic strain placed on the stretched polymer backbone. An example of
96
a thermal shape-memory polymer is shown in Figure 4.1a where a PMMA-PEG semi- interpenetrating network with shape-memory properties which was fixed into a temporary spiral shape recovers to its permanent strait shape when heated and held at 100 °C. These
types of materials have gained increasing interest as a result of their many possible
applications, ranging from biomedical5- 8 to textiles.9,10
Figure 4.1 a) Thermal shape recovery of a PMMA-PEG semi-interpenetrating network held at 100 °C11 and b) a typical one-way shape-memory cycle experiment.
While shape-memory effects brought about by direct heating12- 15 are the most
common, other stimuli such as light16-18 have become increasingly attractive as a
consequence of the ability to utilize reduced operating temperatures, be applied remotely,
and result in localized shape-memory effects.19 Generally, light-induced shape-memory is achieved either via photochemistry or through light-induced heating. For example,
Lendlein and co-workers used UV light to facilitate shape-memory effects by way of a photoreversible cycloaddition reaction.20 Using polymers that contained cinnamic groups
they were able to selectively crosslink the polymer via cycloaddition with UV light (λ >
260 nm) to fix a temporary shape and photocleave (λ < 260 nm) to recover the shape.
Along with light, remote shape-memory effects have been developed utilizing IR
97
irradiation21,22 or magnetic fields23,24 as the stimuli; however, polymers typically have
very low thermal conductivity which requires the use of fillers with a much larger
thermal conductivity to enhance heat transfer and facilitate the remote heating. These
systems also tend not to have localized effects, which can limit their usefulness.
Along with heat and light, shape-memory polymers have also been developed to
be chemo-responsive.25 Polyurethanes displaying shape-memory properties have been shown to return to their permanent states after immersion in water.26 This results from
plasticization of the polyurethanes, which decreases the polymers’ Tg to below that of
room temperature, upon which the samples can recover. Other solvents such as DMF,
ethyl acetate, and ethyl formate have been used with the same mechanism to show shape-
memory recovery of a thermosetting styrene-based resin.27
In this chapter, phase separated reversible supramolecular crosslinks, in the form
of metal-ligand coordination bonds,28 is the key component that holds the material in its
temporary shape. Using this motif we have developed a class of materials that not only
respond to heat, but also to light and chemicals such as methanol, acetone, and amines.
The use of light here is particularly attractive as it does not require additional fillers and
allows for remotely activated, localized shape-memory effects. There are very few
examples of shape-memory polymers that utilize noncovalent, supramolecular
interactions to “fix” the temporary shape. Those that have include polyelectrolyte phase
separation,29- 32 inclusion complexes,33 and hydrogen-bonded systems.34-36 Work done by
Anthamatten and co-workers37 used a covalently crosslinked network that also contained
the hydrogen-bonding moiety, 2-ureido-4[1H]-pyrimidone (UPy), as side groups. They
were able to utilize the thermally sensitive hydrogen-bonded UPy dimer to achieve
98
reversible fixing of the temporary shape. Similarly, Guan and co-workers38 synthesized a
linear polymer containing UPy groups within the polymer backbone. They found that
disruption of the hydrogen bonding with heating, and subsequent cooling, resulted in
formation of intermolecular dimers, which imparted shape-memory properties to the films.
There is a growing amount of interest in using reversible bonds (either covalent or noncovalent) to access macroscopically responsive materials.39-41 We and others42,43 have
recently shown that certain metal-ligand interactions are not only sensitive to heat but can
also be sensitive to certain chemicals (such as nerve gas agent mimics or amines),44,45 as
well as light46 through a photo-thermal conversion process. Thus, the inherent properties
of the metal-ligand complexes allow for them to act as dynamic, reversible crosslinks that
are able to absorb UV light and transfer the energy to localized heating without the need
for additional fillers. We were therefore interested in seeing if we could use such
reversible metal-ligand interactions in the fixing process in shape-memory polymers.
Furthermore, we were also interested in using light to form the permanent crosslinks.
This would then allow us to cast a film of a metallosupramolecular polymer, process it
into the desired form, and then use light to induce the covalent crosslinking and create the
permanent shape.
Our proposed approach is schematically shown in Figure 4.2 and involves placing
metal-chelating ligands at the ends of a low molecular weight crosslinkable
(poly(butadiene)) polymer core. The addition of a metal salt results in a
metallosupramolecular polymer where the metal-ligand complexes phase separate from
the polymer core in the solid state. These “hard” metal-ligand phases become the
99
reversible crosslinks in the shape memory polymer. Creation of the fixed crosslinks can
be achieved by the photocrosslinking of the poly(butadiene) core with a tetra-functional
thiol through a photoinduced thiol-ene reaction.47 The metal-ligand complexes are able to
absorb UV light, and this absorbed energy is converted into fluorescence and localized
heating. This localized heating results in softening of the hard phase and increased
decomplexation or rate of exchange of the metal-ligand complexes. Thus, the material can be deformed while exposed to UV light (or heat), and upon removal of the light the sample cools, the metal-ligand interactions re-engage, and the phase separation reforms, locking in the temporary deformed state. Further exposure to light will again break up the phase separation, and the stored strain is released and the material returns to its entropically favored, “remembered” shape. Similarly, exposure to chemicals or solvents that are able to plasticize the hard phase and/or competitively bind the metals should be
able to bring about shape-memory behavior.
Figure 4.2 Proposed mechanism of shape-memory behavior using light as a stimulus: (a) UV light is absorbed by the metal-ligand complexes and is converted to localized heat, which disrupts the phase separation; (b) the material can then be deformed; (c) removal of the light while the material is deformed allows the metal-ligand complexes to reform and lock in the temporary shape; and (d) additional exposure to and subsequent removal of UV light allows for a return to the permanent shape.
100
4.2 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
4.2.1 Material Properties
In the previous chapters we have shown that low molecular weight polymers in which a
low Tg core has been end-capped with 4-hydroxy-2,6-bis(10- methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine (HOMebip) are able to self-assemble into mechanically stable, elastomeric films when coordinated with transition metals,48 and/or
lanthanides.46,49 In this study, hydroxyl-terminated poly(butadiene) (HTPB) was chosen as the core polymer for its ability to be easily crosslinked through its 1,2-vinyl groups.
The HTPB was end-capped with HOMebip to give a ditopic macromonomer, 4, using the
Mitsunobu reaction (Figure 4.3). Following purification, the 1H NMR spectrum of
macromonomer 4 showed no evidence of the presence of residual hydroxyl groups that
would result from incomplete end-capping with the ligand. NMR was also used to determine the molecular weight of the macromonomer via end-group analysis, which gave Mn = 4300 g/mol. The molecular weight was further confirmed via MALDI-TOF
mass spectrometry and via monitoring the UV-vis signals while titrating in
45,50 Zn(ClO4)2.
101
Figure 4.3 a) Synthesis of metal-chelating ligand end-capped polybutadiene macromonomer (4) 1 via a Mitsunobu reaction and (b) 600 MHz H NMR of 4 in CDCl3.
Mechanically stable films were prepared by dissolving the macromonomer, the
desired amount of a tetrathiol crosslinker (pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-
mercaptopropionate)), a photoinitiator (Irgacure 819), and a stoichiometric amount of
metal salt to ensure full complexation (i.e., at ratios of 1:3 Eu3+:ROMebip or 1:2
Zn2+:ROMebip) and then solution cast. After drying, the films are photocrosslinked using
102
320-390 nm UV light, and any residual photoinitiator is removed by an extraction with
dichloromethane to yield the crosslinked metallosupramolecular polymer films, 4.1-
3∙Eu(NTf2)3 with a targeted 3, 8, and 14 crosslinks/chain, respectively, as shown in
Figure 4.4.
Figure 4.4 Schematic representation of photocrosslinking of films. Films containing different amounts of tetrathiol crosslinker and photoinitiator are solution cast and the dried films are photocrosslinked to yield 4.1-3∙Eu(NTf 2)3 with a targeted 3, 8, and 14 crosslinks/chain, respectively.
The ability to also use light as the means of covalently crosslinking opens up the
possibility of easily creating interesting and complex permanent shapes. An example of
this is shown in Figure 4.5, where an uncrosslinked metallosupramolecular film was set
into a permanent spiral shape by simply twisting around a substrate and irradiating with
UV light. The ability to form more complex permanent shapes via photocrosslinking
should allow for uses in a wider variety of applications and devices.
103
Figure 4.5 An advantage of photocrosslinking is that solution-cast uncrosslinked films can be
fixed into a variety of permanent shapes (a) a strip of uncrosslinked 4∙Eu(NTf2)3 film is wrapped around a cylinder to give a spiral shape and (b) irradiation with low intensity UV light (~70 mW/cm2) initiates photocrosslinking to yield a film with a permanent spiral shape.
Films of a metallosupramolecular polymer made with 4 and europium
bistriflimide (Eu(NTf2)3) were initially studied. We have shown previously that mechanically stable films can be formed with ditopic macromonomers based on poly(ethylene-co-butylene) (i.e., hydrogenated poly(butadiene)) using La(NTf2)3 as a
result of phase separation of the “hard” metal-ligand complex from the “soft” polymer core. Up to three terdentate ligands can bind to Eu3+, and upon binding the free ligand-
based emission (blue) is converted into the metal-based emission (red) of the Eu3+
complex.51 This occurs on account of the “antenna effect”, which is in effect a light
conversion process that occurs by absorption of the light by the ligand, followed by a
ligand-to-metal energy transfer resulting in the metal-ion based emission. Thus, this
“antenna effect” can be used to demonstrate whether the ligand is complexed to the Eu3+
ion (red emission) or is unbound (blue emission).44,45,52 Europium also has a weaker binding constant with terdentate ligands than transition metals, which makes the complexes more dynamic at lower temperatures.
Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) was used to probe the phase separation responsible for the physical, reversible crosslinks and to determine the films’
104
morphology. A representative 1D scattering plot is shown in Figure 4.6 for an
uncrosslinked film prepared with Eu(NTf2)3 containing enough tetrathiol crosslinker and
photoinitiator for a film targeting eight crosslinks per chain. A primary Bragg diffraction
peak (q*) at q = 0.72 corresponding to a distance of 8.70 nm is observed, which correlates
to the distance between the metal-ligand “hard” phases. This value matches closely with
previously published SAXS data on metallosupramolecular films of similar molecular weight. A secondary peak is also observed at q = 1.44 (d = 4.35 nm), one-half that of the primary peak (2q*), which is typical of a lamellar morphology that we have also seen in
the hydrogenated version of the material. The SAXS then tells us that the morphology of
the film before crosslinking is unchanged even while containing all of the components
required for crosslinking, and that the films have a lamellar morphology with alternating
metal-ligand and polymer phases.
Figure 4.6 (a) SAXS of an uncrosslinked film of 4∙Eu(NTf2)3 containing enough tetrathiol and photoinitiator to target eight crosslinks per chain displaying a primary peak at 8.7 nm and a secondary peak of 4.3 nm, indicative of a lamellar morphology. (b) Dynamic mechanical thermal analysis of films of the uncrosslinked 4∙Eu(NTf 2)3 and crosslinked 4.1-3∙Eu(NTf2)3. Increased
crosslinking results in a suppression of the Tg and mechanical enhancement above 40 °C at which the uncrosslinked film flows as a result of disruption of the phase separated morphology.
105
The mechanical properties of the photocrosslinked films 4.1-3∙Eu(NTf2)3 were investigated using dynamic mechanical thermal analysis (DMA). A control film of uncrosslinked 4∙Eu(NTf2)3 was studied along with films of varying crosslinking density.
In Figure 4.6b, the mechanical properties of the control film show two distinct transitions.
The first is the Tg of the poly(butadiene) core at ca. -60 °C, and the second occurs above
40 °C and relates to the disruption of the hard phase, which in turn causes the sample to
yield/flow similar to the behavior seen in Chapter 2 as Eu3+ was introduced. As covalent
crosslinks are introduced to the poly(butadiene) core, both transitions are depressed, and
above 50 °C the samples no longer flow and appear to approach an elastic plateau region
above 150 °C. In the lightly crosslinked film, a decrease in the storage modulus is still observed at Tg although not as much as the uncrosslinked sample. As the crosslinking
increases, the Tg is replaced by a very broad and weak transition. The maximum for this
transition is around 60 °C, after which the mechanical properties are predominantly a
result of the permanent crosslinking. Not surprisingly, in general the modulus also
increases with increasing crosslinking.
4.2.2 Thermally-Induced Shape-Memory Properties
To deduce the shape-memory characteristics of these films, standard thermal shape- memory experiments using DMA were carried out. The strain-fixing ratio (Rf) and the
strain-recovery ratio (Rr) are the most common values used to determine the efficiency of the shape-memory response.53 The strain-fixing ratio is given as
u Rf = × 100% (Eq. 4.1) εm ε
106
where εm is the maximum strain after equilibration and εu is the strain after unloading,
and the strain-recovery ratio is given as
- R = m r × 100% r - (Eq. 4.2) εm εp ε ε where εr is the recovered strain and εp is the initial, permanent strain, which is set as 0 in
the experiment. As the Eu3+:ROMebip complex has been shown to be responsive to temperatures above 50 °C, it stands to reason that these metallosupramolecular polymer
films should be able to thermally fix a temporary strain by heating above 50 °C, applying
a fixed force to strain the material, and cooling below 50 °C before removing the force.
Shape-memory would then be achieved by reheating the sample without any applied
force. To determine the validity of this, films 4.1-3∙Eu(NTf2)3 were studied with a
typical thermal one-way shape-memory cycle. The results are shown in Figure 4.7 for
4.1-3∙Eu(NTf2)3. The sample was heated to 100 °C, and a 0.5 N force was applied. For
the thermal shape-memory tests, forces above 0.5 N caused the samples to break when
held at elevated temperatures for extended time periods. After being cooled to 25 °C, the
load was removed, and the sample demonstrated fixing of the strained shape. Subsequent
heating to 100 °C recovers the majority of the strain, and cooling back to 25 °C recovers
the remaining strain that results from thermal expansion in the film. The initial strain
fixing values (Rf) are high for all films 4.1-3∙Eu(NTf2)3 (87%, 87%, and 90%,
respectively), and all show recovery values (Rr) above 90%, typically >97%.
107
Figure 4.7 Standard thermal one-way shape-memory cycle for films of a) 4.1, b) 4.2, and c) 4.3 with Eu(NTf2)3. The films are deformed at 100 °C to a set force and the temperature is reduced while the force is held constant. The force is removed and the strain fixing is determined. Heating the sample back up to 100 °C followed by cooling to room temperature allows the material to recover to its original shape.
4.2.3 Light-Induced Shape-Memory Properties
Having demonstrated the thermal shape-memory properties of these materials, we went on to investigate their photoresponsive properties where we utilize the ability of the metal-ligand complexes to absorb light and convert some of that energy to localized heating. An example of light-induced shape-memory behavior of a permanent shaped spiral of 4.1∙Eu(NTf2)3 is shown in Figure 4.8. The ability to trigger heating using UV
light is interesting as it allows for remote activation of the shape-memory properties
108
while also being able to control the response as the heating will be localized to only the areas exposed.
An example of the localized heating effect is shown in Figure 4.9. A
3+ 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film displays the typical red Mebip:Eu complex metal-based emission
(Figure 4.9a) when observed under low intensity UV light (70 mW/cm2). When the left
side of the film is selectively irradiated with high intensity UV light (1000 mW/cm2)
(Figure 4.9b), the energy is converted into localized heating, which results in decomplexation of the Eu3+ that in turn converts the film to the blue, free Mebip
emission. The red emission (as observed under low intensity light) returns over a period
of a few seconds after removal of the high intensity light.
Figure 4.8 Images demonstrating the shape-memory behavior of a 4.1∙(EuNTf2)3 film. The film was set into a permanent spiral shape, (a) uncurled and irradiated with 320-390 nm UV light to fix the temporary shape and (b) reirradiated with 320-390 nm UV light to recover the permanent shape.
109
The shape-memory response using UV light as the stimulus was characterized by
placing the samples in a DMA instrument and irradiating them with light. Films 4.1-
3∙Eu(NTf2)3 were studied to elucidate the effect of crosslinking on the mechanical and
shape-memory properties. The light-induced shape-memory behavior can be seen in
Figure 4.9c-e for films of 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3 with Eu(NTf2)3 respectively. Controls were also performed without any exposure to UV light to act as a comparison. To prove that the mechanism for light-induced shape-memory behavior is a result of localized heating
from absorbance of 320-390 nm UV light by the metal-ligand complexes and not from
inadvertent heating from the light source, a 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film was tested using the same
conditions with a filter that blocks UV light below 400 nm (see Figure 4.11a). By doing this, the sample is still irradiated by the light source, but not in wavelengths absorbed by the metal-ligand hard phase. The film shows strains, fixing, and recovery values very similar to the nonirradiated controls, showing that there are little to no thermal effects from the light source and that the observed shape-memory behavior is a result of a
photothermal conversion process.
110
Figure 4.9 Picture of a film of 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 in its permanent shape a) under low intensity (70 mW/cm2) UV light in which the typical red metal-based emission from the Eu3+ complex is seen and b) selectively irradiating the left side of the film with high intensity (1000 mW/cm2) UV light which yields the free ligand emission. Controlled force shape-memory experiment on c) 4.1, d)
4.2, and e) 4.3 with Eu(NTf2)3. The sample was strained to a set force of 1N while irradiated with light (UV light exposure highlighted in blue), allowed to equilibrate and the force was removed to determine the initial shape fixing. Additional exposure to light removes the stored strain and the sample returns to the permanent shape.
The Rf and Rr values for the different crosslink density films are shown in Figure
4.10. All samples exposed to UV light display fixing values of over 80% of the deformed
strain. This is a drastic improvement over the control films (which were strained and
allowed to recover without exposure to light at room temperature) where fixing never
111
exceeds 40%. The final recovered strain is >95% for both the irradiated samples and the
controls, but the response time is much different. Samples irradiated with UV light show
strain recovery in a matter of seconds, whereas the controls require approximately 1 h to
completely recover. These initial fixing and recovery values match well with those reported above for the thermally activated shape-memory behavior.
Figure 4.10 Strain fixing and recovery of films of 4.1-3∙Eu(NTf 2)3 which have different levels of permanent crosslink densities. Films exposed to light show greatly increased strain-fixing over the non-irradiated control films while the recovery remained consistent for all. The dynamic nature of the reversible crosslinks is responsible for the additional 10-15 % decrease in the strain fixing 1 hr. after the initial unloading. Rf, i is the initial fixing value, Rf, 1hr is the fixing after 1 hr.,
and Rr is the recovery.
While Rf is typically defined using the strain immediately after unloading, this
may not be the best way to report fixing values where the strain fixing is a result of a
supramolecular interaction. Metal-ligand interactions are dynamic in nature, which is a
result of constant complexation/decomplexation, even in the solid state. This can result in
a slow recovery of the strain after the initial unloading. This is observable in Figure 4.9c-
112
e between the unloading and recovery with light; however, it is apparent that the strain
recovery decreases with time. Thus, it may be more accurate to describe Rf in terms of a
fixing value after a given time period (εt) rather than the initial fixing after unloading.
This new fixing value was determined by monitoring the strain recovery after unloading
for 1 h, after which the strain was measured (ε1h) and used in the place of εu as
1h Rf 1h = × 100% (Eq. 4.3) ε m ε A comparison of the initial fixing values with the fixing after 1 h is also shown in Figure
4.10. After 1 h, the strain recovery of all films had slowed to less than 2.5 × 10-3 %/min,
and the strain fixing for all 4.1-3∙Eu(NTf2)3 films was still typically over 70% with the
films having the lowest initial fixing also having the most strain recovery.
Figure 4.10 also shows that while the recovery stays relatively constant with crosslink density, the fixing increases in the higher crosslinked films. To further probe this effect, creep experiments were performed on each sample by straining the films using a 1N set force without exposure to UV light and observing the strain increase over 30 min
(see Figure 4.11b). The rough creep rates were calculated as the increase in strain over 30
min under a 1N load. All of the materials show a small amount of creep with the highest creep rate, 4.6 × 10-2 %/min (vs ca. 3.2 × 10-3 %/min for the highest crosslinked
materials), being observed with the lowest crosslinked material. This is consistent with
the soft phase not being fully crosslinked, which allows the materials to relax more after
fixing.
113
Figure 4.11 a) Controlled force shape-memory experiment of a 4.2∙Eu(NTf 2)3 film using a filter to cutoff λ < 400 nm. There is very little strain fixing which demonstrates that the 320-390 nm UV light is predominantly responsible for the shape-memory properties as the light is converted into localized heating. b) Effect of crosslinking on the creep rates for films with different crosslink densities. The creep rate decreases with increased crosslinking which accounts for the higher strain fixing values.
The structural effects of straining, fixing, and recovering were also determined
using SAXS. Figure 4.12a shows the primary Bragg diffraction peak for a film of
4.1∙Eu(NTf2)3 in the permanent shape, after straining while irradiating with UV light to
fix the temporary shape, and recovery after further irradiation. The film in its permanent
shape has a peak corresponding to 8.6 nm (q = 0.73 nm-1) as mentioned earlier, which is
assigned to the distance between the metal-ligand “hard” phases. After straining the sample and fixing with light, the peak shifts to a smaller scattering vector (q = 0.64 nm-1), which relates to an increase in distance to 9.8 nm; however, this number is likely slightly exaggerated as some orientation was∼ observed in the 2D SAXS image for the strained film as shown in Figure 4.12b. None-the-less the distance between metal-ligand phases is increased after stretching and fixing the shape. Further exposure with light results in recovery to 8.7 nm, which is essentially the value for the permanent shape.
114
Thus, the SAXS confirms the changes in morphology during the shape-memory process
are consistent with the process outlined in Figure 4.2.
Figure 4.12 a) 1D SAXS of a film of 4.1∙Eu(NTf 2)3 in its permanent, strained, and recovered states. The peaks correspond to the distance between the “hard” metal-ligand phases and are 8.6 nm (permanent), 9.7 nm (strained) and 8.7 nm (recovered). b) 2D SAXS scattering pattern of the strained 4.1∙Eu(NTf 2)3 film which shows evidence of some orientation (slightly elongated top- to-bottom).
4.2.4 Effect of Different Metals and Counterions on the Light-Induced Shape-Memory
Behavior
In an effort to try to elucidate the role of the metal salt on the shape-memory properties,
films were made in which the metal and/or counterion were varied. All films studied
were prepared targeting 8 crosslinks per chain (4.2). Films of 4.2 with Zn(NTf2)2 and
Zn(OTf)2 (4.2∙Zn(NTf2)2 or 4.2∙Zn(OTf)2) were prepared in the same manner as the
Eu(NTf2)3 films, and their shape-memory behavior was studied to determine the
influence of these metal salts on Rf and Rr.
115
Figure 4.13 shows the results of the shape-memory testing on the two zinc films
(4.2∙Zn(NTf2)2 or 4.2∙Zn(OTf)2) as compared to 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3. It is obvious that the
metal and counterion have little to no effect on the recovery (Rr), as recovery is a result
of the fixed phase (the crosslinked poly(butadiene)) restoring the stored strain. Changing
the metal-ion from Eu3+ to Zn2+ and keeping the counterion the same, however, results in
a slight decrease in the initial fixing of approximately 5% and an even bigger decrease in
the fixing value over 1 h (only ca. 60% fixing vs 77% for 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3). This result is consistent with the inability to achieve full decomplexation of the Zn2+ from the ligand
during exposure to UV light, presumably as a result of more energy being required to disrupt the more strongly bound phase separated zinc complexes as compared to those with europium. Along the same lines, changing the counterion from bistriflimide to triflate results in a much more dramatic decrease in the fixing values when compared to the 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film. There is approximately a 16% decrease in the initial fixing value
comparing the films made with Zn(OTf)2 to Zn(NTf2)2 and a 21% decrease when
compared to the Eu(NTf2)3 film. The fixing values are even more dramatic after 1 h, with
4.2∙Zn(OTf)2 exhibiting a fixing value of only 40%. This result implies that the
counterion has a large influence on the packing of the “hard” metal-ligand phase and that
by changing from a bulky bistriflamide to a triflate counterion, much higher temperatures
are necessary to disrupt the phase separation. Thus, for the given exposure time, only
partial disruption of the reversible phase occurs, and the metal-ligand complexes that are
not broken now act with the covalent crosslinks to recover the strain. This means that the
initial fixing value also reflects the recovery rate after 1 h where films with higher initial
fixing values have slower strain recovery with time.
116
Figure 4.13 Controlled force shape-memory experiment on a) 4.2∙Zn(NTf 2)2 and b)
4.2∙Zn(OTf)2. The sample was strained to a set force of 1N while irradiated with light (UV light exposure highlighted in blue), allowed to equilibrate and the force was removed to determine the initial shape fixing. Additional exposure to light removes the stored strain and the sample returns to the permanent shape. c) Strain fixing and recovery of films of 4.2 with different metal salts. Recovery is unaffected by the metal salt used, however the fixing value decreases when changing - - from europium to zinc and when the counterion is changed from NTf2 to OTf.
To further probe the effect the metal salts have on the properties of these
materials, the mechanical properties of uncrosslinked films of 4 with Eu(NTf2)3,
Zn(NTf2)2, and Zn(OTf)2 and crosslinked films of 4.2∙Zn(NTf2)2 and 4.2∙Zn(OTf)2
117
were explored. As shown in Figure 4.14b-c, the uncrosslinked films display very
different thermal behavior. At temperatures above Tg of the poly(butadiene) core, the
mechanical properties are primarily a result of the phase separated morphology between
the hard metal-ligand complexes and the soft polymer core. Once a temperature is
achieved that is sufficient to induce a breakup of the metal-ligand hard phase and an
increase in metal-ligand decomplexation rate, the material will flow. Figure 4.14 shows
that for the Eu(NTf2)3 film, the temperature required to disrupt the phase separation is
only slightly above room temperature, with the materials flowing above 40 °C.
Conversely, the Zn(OTf)2 films, while having slightly lower modulus values, are
mechanically stable above 150 °C, and thus much higher temperatures must be achieved
to disrupt the phase separation. The Zn(NTf2)2 film also requires temperature in excess
of 100 °C to achieve enough decomplexation in order to flow. This dramatic change in thermal stability of these metallosupramolecular films with different metal salts is probably related to the Tg (or Tm) and/or order-disorder transition of the resulting metal- ligand hard phase in the soft polymer matrix, although we have not been able to definitively identify such a thermal transition in differential scanning calorimetric (DSC) studies of these materials. Nevertheless, these results are consistent with the degree of fixing in the shape-memory materials being related to the thermal stability of the hard phase, which in turn is controlled by the different metals and counterions.
118
Figure 4.14 Dynamic mechanical thermal analysis of crosslinked films containing of 4.2 with a)
Zn(NTf2)2 and b) Zn(OTf)2. c) DMA of uncrosslinked films of 4 with Eu(NTf2)3, Zn(NTf2)2 and
Zn(OTf)2. An increasing amount of thermal energy is required to disrupt the metal-ligand hard – – phase going from europium to zinc and from NTf2 to OTf counterions.
4.2.5 Localized Shape-Memory Response
As mentioned earlier, light-activated systems are advantageous as they offer the
possibility of producing a localized shape-memory response because of the low thermal
conductivity of most polymers. To demonstrate this, we prepared a 1 cm3 cube from a
4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film. The permanent, “remembered” shape is a cross template, and by
folding each side and irradiating with UV light (320-390 nm), a 3D box temporary shape
119 was obtained as shown in Figure 4.15. Irradiating the top edge only allows the box top to open while the sides maintain their temporary shape. Figure 4.15 shows the result of selectively irradiating each of the vertices of the box, one at a time, to open each side of the box until the box has returned to its permanent cross template. The localization effect is only limited by the size of the UV light source and could be expected to work on much smaller scales, which would be useful for a variety of applications.
Figure 4.15 Demonstration of the localized shape-memory effect in a film of 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3. Using UV light, films can be fixed into complex shapes such as a box. The sides of the box can then be selectively opened by irradiating at the apex (shown with arrows) to return to the permanent shape.
120
4.2.6 Chemo-Responsive Shape-Memory Effect
The data suggest that the thermal stability of the metal-ligand hard phase is critical to the
shape-memory properties of these films. Therefore, conceptually any chemical that can
impact the thermal stability of this hard phase (e.g., via plasticization or decomplexation
of the metal-ligand complex) could be used to induce shape-memory properties. Thus, we
examined the potential of a few solvents to induce recovery of the permanent shape of a
4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film. The film, which had a permanent rectangular shape, was initially
fixed using light, as described earlier, to bend the film in half. The temporarily fixed film
was suspended in a sealed container above the appropriate solvent. Figure 4.16 shows the
effect of a methanol atmosphere on the film. After only 2 min of exposure, the film
showed near full recovery back to the permanent shape. Films of 4.2∙Zn(NTf2)2 and
4.2∙Zn(OTf)2 also showed shape recovery when exposed to a methanol environment.
Taken together, these results are more consistent with the methanol plasticizing the
metal-ligand hard phase rather than a competitively binding process as the Bip:Zn2+
complexes are stable in the presence of alcohols.54 The film also showed some shape- memory behavior when exposed to other chemicals such as acetone and triethylamine; however, samples exposed to triethylamine display only partial shape-recovery and discoloration resulting from oxidation. As a result, we were able to demonstrate a third shape-memory stimulus for these films in the form of chemoresponsiveness.
121
Figure 4.16 Demonstration of chemo-responsive shape-memory behavior. A 4.2∙Eu(NTf2)3 film was fixed into a bent shape using UV light and suspended above methanol in a sealed container. Images were taken every 30 seconds to monitor the shape-memory behavior. The film recovers its permanent shape after only a couple of minutes because methanol affects the stability of the metal-ligand complexes which results in decreased phase separation that leads to recovery of the permanent shape.
122
4.3 CONCLUSIONS
Utilizing a metallosupramolecular polymer with a covalently crosslinkable core, shape- memory films have been made. We used a covalent photocrosslinking process that allows the possibility of accessing complex permanent shapes and a metal-ligand hard phase as the reversible phase used to fix the temporary shape. Therefore, any stimulus (thermo-, photo-, and chemo-) that results in softening of the hard phase and increased decomplexation or rate of exchange of the metal-ligand complexes can be used to access the shape-memory properties of these films. In addition, the low thermal conductivity of
the polymer allows light to selectively target a localized shape-memory response of the temporary shapes. Varying crosslink densities of the soft phase were studied, and all were found to have excellent shape-memory properties with initial strain-fixing values greater than 80% and strain-recovery over 95%. Finally, the use of different metal salts, which impact the properties of the hard phase, allows the fixing behavior of these materials to be tailored. Thus, we have demonstrated that a combination of dynamic metal-ligand complexes phase separated into a hard phase is a flexible platform with which to create shape-memory materials that have the ability to respond to multiple stimuli.
4.4 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
4.4.1 Materials
All solvents and reagents were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. and used without further purification. The hydroxyl-terminated poly(butadiene) (HTPB) was purchased from Scientific Polymer Products, Inc. with a reported Mn of 3000 g/mol and 20% cis,
20% vinyl, and 60% trans composition. All solvents were distilled with suitable drying
123
agents, and spectroscopic grade chloroform was used to cast all films. Bistriflimide metal
salts were prepared according to the literature.55
4.4.2 Instruments
NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian 600 NMR spectrometer. Dynamic mechanical
thermal analysis experiments were performed using a TA Instruments DMAQ800 under
N2 with liquid N2 cooling and heated at a rate of 3 °C/min. UV-vis spectra were obtained on a Perkin-Elmer Lambda 800 UV-vis spectrometer. Titration experiments were performed in Quartz cuvettes scanning in the range of 250-400 nm with an integration time of 0.24 s. Molecular weights of the materials were measured by mass spectrometry on a Bruker AUTOFLEX III MALDI TOF/TOF mass spectrometer using dithranol as the matrix. The UV lamp used for photocrosslinking and shape-memory experiments was a
Bluepoint 4 Ecocure from Honle UV America Inc. All experiments were carried out with a 320-390 nm filter. Heat produced directly from the lamp was not observed to exceed 60
°C during all experiments. Small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) measurements were conducted using a Rigaku S-MAX 3000 SAXS system. Cu KR X-rays from a MicroMax-
002+ sealed tube source (λ = 0.154 nm) were collimated through three pinhole slits to yield a final spot size of 0.7 mm at the sample position. Two-dimensional (2D) SAXS data were collected using a Rigaku multiwire area detector with a circular active area of
133 mm and a spatial resolution of 1024 × 1024 pixels. The sample-to-detector distance and the scattering vector, q, were calibrated using a silver behenate (AgBe) standard with a characteristic (001) peak position at q = 1.076 nm-1. The calculated sample-to-detector distance was 1.5 m. Typical exposure times were 1 h.
124
4.4.3 Preparation of 4
In dried glassware, 4-hydroxy-2,6-bis(10-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine508 (HOMebip,
5.17 g, 14.5 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (TPP, 7.75 g, 29.5 mmol) were suspended in
75 mL of distilled THF under Ar. The suspension was cooled to 80 °C in an
isopropanol-dry ice bath with stirring. To this was slowly added 7.5 mL∼ of a 40 wt %
solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate in toluene (DEAD, 34 mmol), and the reaction
turned a clear, orange-brown color. In a separate flask, hydroxy-terminated
poly(butadiene) (HTPB, 15.5 g, 5.2 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mL of distilled THF. The
HTPB solution was added to the reaction flask at 80 °C with stirring. The reaction was
left stirring for 24 h while gradually warming to room temperature. The solvent was then
removed under vacuum to give a viscous oil. The product was redissolved in
dichloromethane and extracted with a 1 M NaOH solution to help to remove some of the
excess HOMebip, which crashes out of solution and is removed by filtration. The organic
fraction was washed three more times with NaOH solution, dried with Na2SO3, filtered,
stirred with decolorizing carbon to further remove the excess HOMebip, filtered, and the
solvent was removed under vacuum. The product was then purified twice by column
chromatography using CHCl3:MeOH, 100:0, 99:1, 98:2 to remove the remaining
HOMebip and diethyl ether to remove any triphenylphosphine oxide. To remove any
excess DEAD, the product was dissolved in 100 mL of dichloromethane and stirred
vigorously for 3 days with 300 mL of 2 M NaOH solution. After extracting the organic
layer, the solvent was removed under vacuum to give the macromonomer 4 (14.8 g,
63%). δH (600 MHz; CDCl3) 7.93 (s, 4H, Ar), 7.852 (d, 4H, Ar), 7.44 (d, 4H, Ar), 7.34
(m, 8H, Ar), 5.54 (m, 14H, CH2CHCH), 5.39, 5.36 (m, 110H, CH2CHCHCH2), 4.95 (m,
125
28H, CH2CH), 4.73 (d, 1.6H, cis-CHCH2O), 4.22 (d, 3.2H, trans-CHCH2O), 4.21 (s,
12H, CH3), 4.16 (m, 1.3H, vinyl-CH2CHCHCH2O), 2.06 (m, 14H, CH2CHCH2), 2.01
(m, 220H, CH2CHCHCH2), 1.42, 1.25, (m, 28H, CH2CH2CHCH2); δC (100 MHz;
CDCl3) 166.4, 151.3, 150.6, 142.9, 137.4, 131.5, 129.6, 128.6, 123.7, 123.0, 120.4,
1 114.4, 112.2, 110.1, 43.7, 38.4, 34.2, 32.9, 30.3, 27.6, 25.1.Mn = 4300 g/mol by H NMR and UV-vis titration with Zn(ClO4)2. m/z (MALDI TOF-TOF; matrix: dithranol) Mn =
3400. PDI: 1.03.
13 Figure 4.17 100 MHz C NMR of 4 in CDCl3.
126
Figure 4.18 MALDI-TOF of 4.
Figure 4.19 UV-vis titration of 4 with Zn(ClO4)2. Inset: Plot of absorbance at 341 nm vs the molar ratio of metal to 4 which shows that Zn2+ binds 1:1 with 4; evidence of complete end- capping.
127
4.4.4 Preparation of 4.1-3·Eu(NTf2)3
The materials were covered with aluminum foil for all steps to prevent the polymer from
photocrosslinking before it had been cast into a film. 293 μL of Eu(NTf2)3 in CH3CN
(100 mM) was added to a solution of 4 (200 mg in 5 mL of CHCl3), stirred for 5 min, and
the solvent removed under vacuum at 40 °C to avoid potential thermal crosslinking. In a
separate vial, the tetrathiol crosslinker (pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate))
and a photoinitiator (Iragacure 819) were dissolved in 4 mL of CHCl3. The crosslinking density was controlled by the amount of the tetrathiol crosslinker added. Films were targeted to have 3, 8, or 14 crosslinks per chain by adding 17 mg (0.035 mmol), 45.5 mg
(0.093 mmol), or 79.5 mg (0.162 mmol), respectively, of the tetrathiol crosslinker and 3.0 mg (0.009 mmol), 8.7 mg (0.02 mmol), or 15.2 mg (0.04 mmol), respectively, of photoinitiator. This solution is then used to dissolve the metallosupramolecular polymer
4∙Eu(NTf2)3. Once dissolved, the solution is cast into an aluminum walled casting dish
with a Teflon sheet bottom. The solvent was allowed to evaporate at room temperature
for 24 h to yield mechanically stable uncrosslinked films.
4.4.5 Photocrosslinking of the Films
The uncrosslinked solution-cast films (at different loading of the tetrathiol crosslinker)
were placed between two glass slides to avoid bending of the film during the crosslinking
process. All films were irradiated using 320-390 nm light at an intensity of 70 mW/cm2
for 1 h on each side to induce reactions of the 1,2 vinyl groups (predominantly) with the
thiols. The resulting crosslinked films have gel fractions of >95% and thicknesses of 220
± 20 μm. After the initial crosslinking, the films were exposed to higher intensity light
128
(900-1000 mW/cm2) to ensure maximum crosslinking and no unreacted thiol end-groups.
Any residual photoinitiator was removed by three extractions in dichloromethane. The
resulting films, 4.1-3∙Eu(NTf2)3, have targeted 3, 8, and 14 crosslinks/chain, respectively
as mentioned above.
4.4.6 Shape-Memory Experiments
Strips of the films with approximate dimensions of 10 mm × 5 mm × 0.2 mm were placed
in the DMTA. After the initial length was recorded, the films were stretched to a set force
of 1 N at 2 N/min. At the same time, the films were irradiated with UV light (320-390
nm, 900-1000 mW/cm2). After the films reached the set force (1 N), the light was
removed and the samples were allowed to equilibrate for 5 min, after which the force was
removed. After waiting to observe the relaxation behavior, the films were irradiated with
UV light. Experiments were performed a minimum of five times per sample to get the
average values for fixing and recovery.
4.5 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This material is based upon work supported by the National Science Foundation under
Grant nos. CHE-0704026 and MRI-0821515 (for the purchase of the MALDI-TOF/TOF) and by the Case School of Engineering and the Kent H. Smith Charitable Trust. Special thanks also go to Brian Michal for help with the SAXS experiments.
129
4.6 REFERENCES
1. Behl, M.; Razzaq, M. Y.; Lendlein, A. Adv. Mater., 2010, 22 3388–3410.
2. Lendlein, A.; Shastri, V. P. Adv. Mater., 2010, 22, 3344–3347.
3. Ratna, D.; Kocsis, J. K. J. Mater. Sci., 2008, 43, 254–269.
4. Liu, C.; Qin, H.; Mather, P. T. J. Mater. Chem., 2007, 17, 1543–1558.
5. Small, W., IV; Metzger, M. F.; Wilson, T. S.; Maitland, D. J. IEEE J. Sel. Top. Quantum Electron., 2005, 11, 892–901.
6. Sokolowski, W.; Metcalfe, A.; Hayashi, S.; Yahia, L.; Raymond, J. Biomed. Mater., 2007, 2, S23–S27.
7. Buckley, P. R.; McKinley, G. H.; Wilson, T. S.; Small, W., IV; Benett, W. J.; Bearinger, J. P.; McElfresh, M. W.; Maitland, D. J. IEEE Trans. Bio-Med. Electron., 2006, 53, 2075–2083.
8. Small, W., IV; Wilson, T. S.; Benett, W. J.; Loge, J. M.; Maitland, D. J. Opt. Express, 2005, 13, 8204–8213.
9. Meng, Q. H.; Hu, J. L.; Zhu, Y.; Lu, J.; Liu, Y. Smart Mater. Struct., 2007, 16, 1192– 1197.
10. Meng, Q. H.; Hu, J. L. Composites, Part A, 2009, 40, 1661–1672.
11. Liu, G.; Ding, X.; Cao, Y.; Zheng, Z; Peng, Y. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2005, 26, 649-652.
12. Mather, P. T.; Luo, X.; Rousseau, I. A. Annu. Rev. Mater. Res., 2009, 39, 445–471.
13. Ahn, S.; Deshmukh, P.; Kasi, R. M. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 7330–7340.
14. Zhou, J.; Schmidt, A. M.; Ritter, H. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 939–942.
130
15. Ishida, K.; Yoshie, N. Macromolecules, 2008, 41, 4753–4757.
16. Jiang, H.; Kelch, S.; Lendlein, A. Adv. Mater., 2006, 18, 1471–1475.
17. Yu, Y.; Ikeda, T. Macromol. Chem. Phys., 2005, 206, 1705–1708.
18. Chen, M.; Xing, X.; Liu, Z.; Zhu, Y.; Liu, H.; Yu, Y.; Cheng, F. Appl. Phys. A: Mater. Sci. Process., 2010, 100, 39–43.
19. Leng, J.; Zhang, D.; Liu, Y.; Yu, K.; Lan, X. Appl. Phys. Lett., 2010, 96, 111905/1– 111905/3.
20. Lendlein, A.; Jiang, H.; Jünger, O.; Langer, R. Nature, 2005, 434, 879–882.
21. Leng, J.; Wu, X.; Liu, Y. J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 2009, 114, 2455–2460.
22. Koerner, H.; Price, G.; Pearce, N. A.; Alexander, M.; Vaia, R. A. Nat. Mater., 2004, 3, 115–120.
23. Weigel, T.; Mohr, R.; Lendlein, A. Smart Mater. Struct., 2009, 18, 1–9.
24. Yakacki, C. M.; Satarkar, N. S.; Gall, K.; Likos, R.; Hilt, J. Z. J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 2009, 112, 3166–3176.
25. Leng, J.; Lan, X.; Liu, Y.; Du, S. Prog. Mater. Sci., 2011, 56, 1077–1135.
26. Huang, W. M. Open Med. Devices J., 2010, 2, 11–19.
27. Lu, H.; Liu, Y.; Leng, J.; Du, S. Smart Mater. Struct., 2009, 18, 1–5.
28. (a) Paulusse, J. M. J.; van Beek, D. J. M.; Sijbesma, R. P. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 15802–15808. (b) Yount, W. C.; Loveless, D. M.; Craig, S. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 127, 14488–14496. (c) Kim, H.-J.; Lee, J.-H.; Lee, M. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2005, 44, 5810–5814. (d) South, C. R.; Pinon, V.; Weck, M. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2008, 47, 1425–1428. (e) Xu, D. H.; Liu, C. Y.; Craig, S. L. Macromolecules,
131
2011, 44, 2343–2353. (f) Nair, K.; Breedveld, V.; Weck, M. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 3346–3357.
29. Han, S.-I.; Gu, B. H.; Nam, K. H.; Im, S. J.; Kim, S. C.; Im, S. S. Polymer, 2007, 48, 1830–1834.
30. Guan, Y.; Cao, Y.; Peng, Y.; Xu, J.; Chen, A. S. C. Chem. Commun., 2001, 1694– 1695.
31. Weiss, R. A.; Izzo, E.; Mandelbaum, S. Macromolecules, 2008, 41, 2978–2980.
32. Merline, J. D.; Nair, C. P. R.; Gouri, C.; Shrisudha, T.; Ninan, K. N. J. Mater. Sci., 2007, 42, 5897–5902.
33. Zhang, S.; Yu, Z.; Govender, T.; Luo, H.; Li, B. Polymer, 2008, 49, 3205–3210.
34. Chen, S.; Hu, J.; Zhuo, H.; Yuen, C.; Chan, L. Polymer, 2010, 51, 240–248.
35. Chen, S.; Hu, J.; Liu, Y.; Liem, H.; Zhu, Y.; Liu, Y. J. Polym. Sci., Part B: Polym. Phys., 2007, 45, 444–454.
36. Chen, S.; Cao, Q.; Jing, B.; Cai, Y.; Liu, P.; Hu, J. J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 2006, 102, 5224–5231.
37. Li, J.; Viveros, A.; Wrue, M. H.; Anthamatten, M. Adv. Mater., 2007, 19, 2851–2855.
38. Kushner, A. M.; Vossler, J. D.; Williams, G. A.; Guan, Z. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2009, 131, 8766–8768.
39. Fox, J. D.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 6823–6835.
40. Wojtecki, R. J.; Meador, M. A.; Rowan, S. J. Nat. Mater., 2011, 10, 14–27.
41. Hsu, L.; Weder, C.; Rowan, S. J. J. Mater. Chem., 2011, 21, 2812–2822.
132
42. Whittell, G. R.; Hager, M. D.; Schubert, U. S.; Manners, I. Nat. Mater., 2011, 10, 176–188.
43. Dobrawa, R.; Würthner, F. J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 4981– 4995.
44. Kumpfer, J. R.; Jin, J.; Rowan, S. J. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 145–151.
45. Knapton, D.; Burnworth, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2006, 45, 5825–5829.
46. Burnworth, M.; Tang, L.; Kumpfer, J. R.; Duncan, A. J.; Beyer, F. L.; Fiore, G. L.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Nature, 2011, 472, 334–337.
47. Kade, M. J.; Burke, D. J.; Hawker, C. J. J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 2010, 48, 743–750.
48. Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J. Faraday Discuss., 2005, 128, 43–53.
49. Kumpfer, J. R.; Wie, J. J.; Swanson, J. P.; Beyer, F. L.; Mackay, M. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2012, 45, 473-480.
50. Beck, J. B.; Ineman, J. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2005, 38, 5060–5068.
51. (a) Lis, S. J. Alloys Compd., 2002, 341, 45–50. (b) Sabbatini, N.; Guardigli, M.; Lehn, J.-M. Coord. Chem. Rev., 1993, 123, 201–228.
52. Petoud, S.; Bünzli, J.-C. G.; Glanzman, T.; Piguet, C.; Xiang, Q.; Thummel, P. J. Lumin., 1999, 82, 69–79.
53. Lendlein, A.; Kelch, S. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2002, 41, 2034–2057.
54. Weng, W.; Li, Z.; Jamieson, A. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 236– 246.
133
55. Nie, J.; Kobayashi, H.; Sonoda, T. Catal. Today, 1997, 36, 81–84.
134
CHAPTER 5
Vapochromic and Piezochromic Films From Platinum
Complex Polymer Blends
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The combination of reversible metal-ligand interactions with polymeric materials1- 6 has
gained increasing interest as a way to access an interesting class of stimuli-responsive
materials,7- 11 which have shown promise as sensors,12- 15 re-healable materials,16 shape- memory materials,17 and light-emitting diodes.18,19 Recently, square-planer platinum(II) coordination complexes have gained a great amount of attention, largely on account of their optoelectronic properties.20- 27 Particular interest has been paid to their electronic
absorption and photoluminescent properties,28- 32 which have been reported to be directly
related to the intermolecular interactions between adjacent platinum atoms.33-35 These Pt
– Pt interactions can be strongly influenced by the coordinating ligand and its substituents
as well as the counterion used, which can allow for tuning of the spectroscopic
properties.36- 39 Studies involving the use of platinum complexes with either terpyridine40-
44 or 2,6-bis(benzimidazol-2ʹ-yl)pyridine45,46 have gained interest largely as a consequence of their tendency to exhibit strong photoluminescence originating from
lowest excited states having significant ligand charge-transfer and/or metal-to-ligand charge-transfer character. The absorption and emission properties of these complexes typically are quite sensitive to external stimuli in solution and as solids.
An interesting property of certain square-planer platinum complexes is the
tendency to change color and/or photoluminescence when exposed to volatile organic
compounds (VOCs).47- 52 For example, it has been shown that salts of Pt(MeBip)Cl+
(Mebip = 2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazol-2ʹ-yl)pyridine) are vapochromic and that simply
changing the counter-anion provides a means of modulating the spectroscopic properties
and vapor selectivity.53,54 Studies on the single-crystal structures before and after vapor
136
exposure suggest that vapor sorption results in a rearrangement of the complexes such
that there is a decrease in length of the Pt – Pt interactions. In a detailed study, Sun and
co-workers55 investigated the vapochromic behavior and subsequent selective response to
VOCs of platinum(II) complexes of 2,6-bis(N-alkyl benzimidazol-2ʹ-yl)pyridine ligands with varying N-alkyl chain lengths and counterions. They observed that both the alkyl chain length and the counterion influence the vapochromic behavior and speculated that variations in these components influence the stabilities of both the vapor-absorbed and non-absorbed materials, as well as barriers to their interconversion.
Another type of stimuli-responsiveness which can result in color and emission changes is mechanochromism,56- 60 and selected platinum(II) complexes have also shown
this interesting behavior.61- 65 Grinding or rubbing (crystalline) solids of these complexes results in strong red-shifted emissions and analogous color changes. The mechanism behind the mechanochromism has been shown to be related to a force-induced structural rearrangement, which result in an increased number of stronger intermolecular Pt – Pt interactions. These materials could be interesting as piezochromic sensors; however they are limited by the poor mechanical properties of the crystalline solids.
While the majority of studies performed on square-planer platinum containing complexes have focused on the spectroscopic properties in solution or in the crystalline form, less attention has been focused on incorporating them into polymer matrices.66- 69
However, it is well known that the optoelectronic properties of metal complexes can be
impacted by their micro-environment, as in the case of vapochromic materials composed
of luminescent platinum(II) complexes intercalated into zirconium phosphate layered
materials.70
137
Nafion films imbedded with platinum(II) complexes (2,2ʹ:6ʹ,2ʺ:6ʺ,2ʹʺ-
quaterpyridine or 4ʹ-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-2,2ʹ:6ʹ,2ʺ-terpyridine) have been studied as singlet oxygen photosensitizers,69-72 however reports of their spectroscopic properties are
scarce. In one example which investigates the spectroscopic properties, it was found that incorporation of a non-emissive Pt(2,2ʹ:6ʹ,2ʺ:6ʺ,2ʹʺ-quaterpyridine)2+ complex into inverse micelles of water swollen Nafion produced strongly luminescent materials resulting from increased concentration and intermolecular interactions of the complexes
within the micelles. In related studies of platinum complexes with a cyclometalated 4,6- diphenyl-2,2ʹ-bipyridine ligand immobilized in Nafion or covalently attached to silica
supports, Che et al. demonstrated that the spectroscopic response to guest solvent/vapor
molecules was dependent on the nature of the support.73 Notably, the Nafion films
exhibited a solvatochromatic shift in ethanol solution but not aprotic solvents, whereas
the silica substrates were responsive to pentane vapor but not ethanol. These earlier
studies clearly demonstrate that the colorimetric and luminescence properties of platinum
complexes are very sensitive to the surrounding microenvironment. While the majority of
studies on stimuli-responsive square-planer platinum containing complexes have focused on the vapochromic behavior, the ability of select platinum complexes to exhibit mechanochromic responsiveness61,63,65 has been much less studied and little attention was
given to the impact of mechanical manipulation on the spectroscopic properties of the
supported metal complexes in polymers.
In this work, platinum complexes with 4-dodecyloxy-2,6-bis(N- methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine (5) were prepared and dispersed within a series of
methacrylate polymers with the goal of creating mechanically stable films which exhibit
138
stimuli-responsive behavior. We report the spectroscopic properties and vapochromic
response of these materials. We also investigate the influence of the polymer matrix on
the absorption, emission, and reversibility of the response and show that these
polymer/platinum complex blends display interesting mechanochromic and
mechanoluminescent behaviors when scratched, compressed, or stretched.
5.2 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Platinum complexes of the ligand 4-dodecyloxy-2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine
(5) were targeted as the spectroscopic and vapochromic properties of the Pt(Mebip)Cl+
53,54 - are well known. It has been established that crystals of the PF6 salt of this complex produces a strong color change from yellow to red upon exposure to acetonitrile. A ligand with a dodecyloxy substituent was used to aid the solubility of the ligand and complex and dispersibility of the complex in the polymer matrices. Compound 5 was
synthesized using typical Williamson ether conditions to couple 1-bromododecane with
4-hydroxy-2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine74 as shown in Scheme 5.1a. The
purified 4-dodecyloxy-2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine ligand was fully
characterized using NMR (see Figure 5.1b (1H) and 5.12 (13C)) and mass spectroscopy
(Figure 5.13). The platinum complex ([Pt(5)Cl](Cl)) was prepared using a modification
of a literature procedure where the ligand, 5, and Pt(DMSO)2Cl2 were allowed to react in
a 3:1 CHCl3:MeOH solution at 50 °C under inert atmosphere for one day. Anion
metathesis was accomplished by addition of a saturated aqueous NH4PH6 solution. NMR
of the purified product showed no evidence of uncomplexed species (Figure 5.1c (1H)
and 5.14 (13C)) and gratifyingly crystals of this compound are yellow and exhibit
139 vapochromic behavior, turning red in the presence of acetonitrile (MeCN), as has been shown for similar complexes.35,46
1 Figure 5.1 a) Synthesis of platinum complex [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) and 600 MHz H NMR spectra of b)
5 in CDCl3 and c) [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in CD3CN.
A series of polymethacrylates were selected in order to determine the effect of the matrix on the responsiveness of the Pt(II) complex blends. The polymers were poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), poly(ethyl methacrylate) (PEMA), poly(butyl-co- isobutyl methacrylate) (PBcIBMA), and poly(butyl methacrylate) (PBMA), which have glass transition temperatures (Tgs) of 90, 63, 35, and 15 °C, respectively. The blends were prepared by adding an appropriate amount of solid [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) to a chloroform solution of the polymer and sonicating for 16 hrs. The resulting dispersion was then solution cast and dried to yield mechanically stable yellow [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) blended
140
polymer films. Gratifyingly, exposure of these films to either acetonitrile liquid or vapor
resulted in the dramatic change in color from yellow to orange/red (Figure 5.2a shows the
color change of the 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA). Polarized optical microscopy
(POM) and fluorescent microscopy of the 2.5 and 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) films show
that the [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) complexes form small crystallites (ca. 1 µm) which are well
dispersed within the polymer matrix (Figure 5.2b-e). Thus the mechanism for the vapochromic response in these films is expected to be similar to those proposed previously for the crystalline [Pt(ligand)Cl](PF6) solids, in which the solvent vapor is
able to diffuse into, and alter the packing of adjacent complexes, resulting in shorter Pt –
Pt interactions.70 It should be noted that at loadings above 20% by weight a significant
decrease in mechanical stability was observed.
141
Figure 5.2 a) Images showing the vapochromic response of a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) containing blend in PMMA. The yellow, as cast film changes color to red/orange after exposure to acetonitrile liquid or vapor. Polarized optical microscopy images of drop cast films in PMMA containing b) 2.5% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) and c) 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) which show well- dispersed micron-sized crystallites. Fluorescent microscopy shows that the fluorescence
originates from the [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) crystals in the d) 2.5% w/w and e) 10% w/w films.
5.2.1 Spectroscopic Studies
Solid-state UV-visible absorption spectroscopy was used to study the vapochromic
response of the blends prepared with 10% w/w of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in the four different
polymer matrices (PMMA, PEMA, PBcICMA, and PBMA). All the blends yielded
yellow films upon solution casting from chloroform. The films were cast onto glass slides
for all the UV-vis measurements. As shown in Figures 5.3, the as cast, yellow films
display absorption spectra similar to those previously reported for the Pt complexes with
142
45,55 related ligands, including an intense band (λmax = 342 nm) corresponding to a π – π*
transition of 5 and a weak shoulder at ~435 nm attributed to a metal-to-ligand (π*)
charge-transfer (MLCT) transition. During exposure to acetonitrile vapor, a new
structured band with maxima at 510 and 538 nm appears in the electronic spectrum,
accompanied by a decrease in intensity in the π – π* region. The new band results from a
metal-to-metal-to-ligand charge transfer (MMLCT) transition as a consequence of
increased Pt – Pt interactions, where the HOMO derives in large part from the
antibonding combination of the 5dz2(Pt) orbitals of adjacent complexes and the LUMO has predominantly π*(L) character.
Figure 5.3 UV-vis absorption spectra of a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) containing blend in a) PMMA, b) PEMA, c) PBcIBMA, and d) PBMA. Exposure to acetonitrile vapor results in
MMLCT band appearing at 510 and 538 nm. The recovery of the response can be tuned by the Tg
of the polymer matrix where PBMA films (Tg = 15 °C) show near full recovery after 24 hrs
whereas PMMA (Tg = 90 °C) requires several days.
143
Figure 5.3 shows the changes in the electronic spectra of thin films of the 10% w/w PMMA (Tg = 90 °C), PEMA (Tg = 63 °C), PBcIBMA (Tg = 35 °C), and PBMA (Tg
= 15 °C) blends upon exposure to acetonitrile. After acetonitrile exposure all films
exhibit the appearance of very similar λmax and relative intensities of the MMLCT
transition peaks. These results show that the solvent vapor is able to penetrate the
crystallites and induce a structural change with stronger Pt – Pt interactions. While the
spectroscopic response and rate of vapor absorption is similar for all blends, the color
recovery appears to be related to the Tg of the polymer matrix. Blends prepared with
matrices with Tgs above room temperature (PMMA, PEMA, and PBcIBMA) show only a slight reversal when left at room temperature in the absence of acetonitrile vapor for 24
hrs; the films still appear red/orange in color and the UV-vis spectra only show a slight decrease in the MMLCT peaks. The films retain their red color even after being left for several days at room temperature, and only recover to a light orange color after a month.
However, blends prepared with PBMA, which has a Tg below room temperature, display
nearly full recovery to the yellow film 24 hrs after being exposed to MeCN, as assessed
by UV-vis absorption spectroscopy. Notably, the electronic spectrum shows no evidence
of the MMLCT band after 24 hrs, and the MLCT and π – π* features have nearly returned
to their original intensities before exposure (Fig. 5.3d). Thus the recovery of thin films
(~50 µm) of these vapochromic blends can be tailored simply by changing the Tg of the polymer matrix. In thicker films (ca. 200 µm), the color change is still evident after one month in all the samples, with the higher Tg polymer blends (PMMA and PEMA) still
appearing red and the low Tg blends (PBcIBMA and PBMA) appearing orange.
144
Figure 5.4 Absorption change of a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) blend in PEMA upon CH3CN exposure showing no change after 1 min, partial recovery after 24 hrs, and full recovery after heating to 100 °C.
Figure 5.4 shows the change in the UV spectra of the 10% w/w PEMA film over time. It was found that after only one minute of exposure the films display the typical
MMLCT peaks between 500 and 550 nm and further exposure did not significantly change the absorption. As mentioned, after leaving the film for first 24 hrs at room temperature only a slight recovery of the absorbance is observed, however heating the films to elevated temperatures results in full recovery. This behavior contrasts sharply with that of the crystalline-solid platinum complexes, which typically recover the original color within minutes to hours. Thus, the ability to tune the response time and even retain the exposed color over long time periods, in combination with the potential to erase the response when necessary by exposing the film to elevated temperature suggests that these vapochromic blends offer greater flexibility in sensor applications than salts of the platinum complexes alone.
145
The exposure of the [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) containing blends to acetonitrile also results in
significant changes to the emission as shown in Figure 5.5a. The as cast films display a weakly structured broad emission band maximizing near 575 nm with a full-width at half maximum (FWHM) of ~3050 cm-1. For each film, upon exposure to acetonitrile vapor,
the emission maximum shifts to 600 nm, and the intensity increases dramatically,
reaching 3-5x that of the intensity of the unexposed film. The emission band becomes
increasingly symmetric, loses evidence of structure, and narrows to give FWHM values
of ~1800 cm-1. The overall behavior is consistent with the vapochromic response and electronic structures of Pt(Mebip)Cl+ salts and related compounds,47,55,56,75 and
accordingly, the emission is assigned as originating from a lowest 3MMLCT state. The
resulting emission profiles are very similar for the four different blends, indicating that
the emissive vapor-exposed platinum crystallites have essentially the same architectures
for this selection of polymers. Interestingly, when exposed to an acetonitrile-saturated air atmosphere, the change in color of the films from yellow to red appears complete by eye within 3 mins and there is no noticeable difference in the absorbance spectra after only 1 min of exposure (see Figure 5.4). By contrast, emission spectra recorded at 30 s intervals indicate that equilibrium is reached in approximately 15 mins and that only ~30% of the
total emission change occurs within the first 3 mins. Thus, while the absorption and
emission changes are consistent with low-lying MMLCT states resulting from vapor-
induced structural changes within crystallites, the timescales of these changes are
incommensurate. The underlying reasons for this behavior are not yet fully understood.
146
Figure 5.5 Images showing the luminescence from a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA film under UV light (365 nm) a) before and b) after exposure to acetonitrile vapor. c) Emission spectra
(λex = 377 nm) recorded during exposure to acetonitrile vapor. Spectra were recorded at 30 s intervals over a 900 s period. Features at 377 and 754 nm are instrumental artifacts.
147
Figure 5.6 Normalized emission spectra of the vapoluminescent behavior of 10% w/w
[Pt(5)Cl](PF6) blend in a) PMMA, b) PEMA, c) PBcIBMA, and d) PBMA (λex = 377 nm) and the recovery with time and/or temperature.
Heating the films to drive off the solvent returns the film color to a visibly yellow
color (Figure 5.4), however, while the absorption spectra appear to fully recover, the
emission profile does not when samples are heated above 100 °C as shown in Figure 5.6
and 5.7. After heating the samples to 100 °C for 5 mins and then cooling to room
temperature, the λmax of the emission profile is essentially identical to that of the original
vapor-exposed material as shown in Figure 5.6. This behavior is consistent with the
presence of a small number of defect sites within the yellow crystallites that still give rise to the characteristic MMLCT emission, even after heating. As was demonstrated in
Figure 5.5, the red, MMLCT emission is much more intense than the yellow emission.
Thus, even the presence of a small amount of defects could be responsible for the
148
apparent irreversible emission response as the spectrum is dominated by the intensity of
the MMLCT emission. Figure 5.7 shows the unnormalized spectra of 10% w/w
[Pt(5)Cl](PF6) blend in PMMA after exposure to MeCN at different temperatures which
highlights the difference in emission intensities of the film. The key observation is the
recovery of some of the red peak emission upon cooling down to room temperature from
150 °C. This observation, combined with the fact that in the absorbance there is
essentially no MMLCT bands present after heating (Figure 5.4), suggests that the number
of the MMLCT emitting defects is small, yet their strong emission intensity prevents a
full recovery in λmax to that of the yellow film.
Figure 5.7 Emission change of a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) blend in PMMA upon heating a
CH3CN exposed film showing a dramatic decrease in intensity and blue-shift in λmax when measured at 150 °C. Cooling the film to room temperature yields an emission profile with the
same λmax as the exposed film but with decreased intensity, consistent with a small number of complexes displaying MMLCT emission.
149
5.2.2 Structural Properties
Previous studies52,53 have shown that exposure to solvent vapor alters the packing of
[Pt(ligand)](X) crystallites from alternating “long” and “short” Pt – Pt distances (ca. 5.27
and 3.38 Å) for the yellow crystal form and only the “short” Pt – Pt distance in the red
crystallites. To determine if a similar mechanism underlies the vapochromic response of
these blends, we carried out wide angle X-ray scattering (WAXS) studies.
Figure 5.8 WAXS of a) 2.5%, b) 5%, c) 10%, and d) 20% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA. At 2.5% w/w loading the scattering from the platinum complexes is mostly hidden by that of the polymer matrix, however as the loading increases peaks at 2θ = 15.5 and 26.5 ° (d = 5.71 and 3.36 Å respectively) can be seen. These are consistent with alternating long and short Pt – Pt distances.
Each of the polymethacrylate controls consisting of the polymer matrix without
[Pt(5)Cl](PF6) display typical broad peaks characteristic of the amorphous polymer.
150
WAXS diffractograms were recorded of the blends at loadings ranging from 2.5 to 20% by weight of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6). Those data establish that variations in loading only impact the intensities of the peaks associated with the embedded crystallites (see Figure 5.8).
Figure 5.9 shows the WAXS patterns for the neat matrix, unexposed films, and exposed films prepared with 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in the different polymer matrices. The as cast yellow films display several new peaks over the matrix alone. The dominant feature occurs at 2θ = 26.4° which corresponds to a distance of 3.38 Å. A second, slightly weaker peak appears at 2θ = 15.5° (d = 5.72 Å). These values are consistent with the presence of two different Pt – Pt distances in the yellow films which match well with previously reported long and short Pt – Pt distances found in yellow crystals of similar square-planer complexes.53,75 Thus the WAXS data are consistent with the presence of small crystallites, in which the Pt(1)Cl+ complexes pack as interacting dimers with alternating long and short Pt – Pt distances of 5.72 Å and 3.38 Å respectively.
WAXS data acquired immediately after exposing the film to a saturated acetonitrile vapor environment for 15 mins (Figure 5.9) show only one major peak at 2θ
= 26.3°, corresponding to a Pt – Pt distance of 3.39 Å, with no evidence of the longer Pt –
Pt distance. Therefore, the data are consistent with a change in the packing of the
Pt(1)Cl+ complexes upon exposure to acetonitrile vapor to yield a chain of complexes with short Pt – Pt contacts that are ultimately responsible for the red color. For both the unexposed and exposed films a peak also appears at low 2θ (5.5 and 6.4 °; d = 19.6 and
13.8 Å respectively). It is thought that these features arise from longer Pt – Pt distances, such as those between two complexes separated by 1-3 other complexes.
151
Figure 5.9 WAXS of 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in a) PMMA, b) PEMA, c) PBcIBMA, and d) PBMA. The scattering for the neat matrix is shown (left) and for the as cast, yellow film (middle) which shows two dominant peaks at 2θ = 15.5 and 26.4 ° (d = 5.72 and 3.38 Å respectively) consistent of weak Pt – Pt interactions with a stepwise “long” and “short” pattern. After exposure to acetonitrile (right), only the “short” Pt – Pt interaction is observed (d = 3.39 Å) as a result of rearrangement of the crystals with increased Pt – Pt interactions. The peak at low 2θ is tentatively assigned to longer Pt – Pt distances.
152
5.2.3 Mechanochromic Behavior
Interestingly, the platinum complexes reported here, [Pt(5)Cl](PF6), were also found to show mechanochromic behavior. Further investigation into the mechanochromic behavior revealed that both the powder form of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) as well as the polymer
blends containing [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) display such a response. An example of the
mechanochromic behavior of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) on filter paper can be seen in Figures 5.10
where upon mechanical agitation (scraping) the yellow solid turns orange in color.
Furthermore, along with the visible color change, a more striking change in the emission
is observed where the mechanically stimulated area has a noticeable red-shift in the emission from yellow to bright orange. The normalized photoluminescence of
[Pt(5)Cl](PF6) before and after scraping is shown in Figure 5.10e. Interestingly the emission of the scraped [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) behaves in a similar fashion to the blended films which had been exposed to solvent vapor with a noticeable red-shift in λmax, a slight
increase in intensity, and an increase in the symmetry of the band. This is consistent with
stronger Pt – Pt interactions which result in emission from a lowest MMLCT state,
similar to that observed by Chen and coworkers.61
153
Figure 5.10 Images of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) on filter paper under a) ambient light and b) UV light (λex = 365 nm). Upon scraping, a mechanochromic response is evident in both c) a visible color change and d) a change in the photoluminescence (image taken under λ = 365 nm light). e)
Emission spectra of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) on filter paper before and after scrapping showing that the mechanophotoluminescent behavior is similar to the observed vapophotoluminescent response with a red-shift in λmax and increasing symmetry of the emission band.
The fluorescence of the [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) containing blends also display mechanochromic properties. Scratching any of the films containing [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) results in a change in the emission color from yellow to orange at the site of abrasion, as shown in Figure 5.11a for a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA film. The effect is most apparent
154
when the film is acutely deformed, such as by scratching/cutting with a razor blade,
sharply striking with the hemispherical head of a ball-peen hammer (Figure 5.11b), and
to a slightly lesser extent, applying pressure or, in the case of PBMA, stretching.
Films used to study the mechanochromic response were prepared by compressing
the films in a hydraulic press at pressures up to eight metric tons. For each of the pressed
films, little-to-no visible color change was observed, however, the emission shifted to
longer wavelengths and increased in intensity upon deformation in a manner somewhat
reminiscent of the response to acetonitrile vapor. For example, the emission spectra of a
PMMA film with 20% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) are shown in Figure 5.11c before and after compression. While the emission of the compressed film becomes more symmetrical and
λmax shifts from 575 nm to 592 nm, it is apparent that the change is not as dramatic as
that observed for similar films exposed to acetonitrile vapor. In the case of PBMA films,
the low Tg allows for the samples to be stretched, resulting in a slight change in the photoluminescence in the deformed region of the film. The resulting emission profile closely matches that of the compressed PMMA film (see Figure 5.11d). The emission
intensity slightly increases and becomes more symmetrical than the as cast film and the
λmax shifts from 574 nm to 592 nm as with the compressed film. However, it is still apparent that the response does not reach the level of change afforded in the vapochromic experiments.
155
Figure 5.11 a) Mechanoluminescent response of scratching a 10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA film observed under UV light (λ = 365 nm). b) Image of the mechanoluminescent response of a
10% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA which was hit sharply with a ball-peen hammer. Normalized emission spectra of c) a pressed 20% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PMMA film and d) a stretched 10%
w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in PBMA film compared to the as cast and acetonitrile exposed emission. In both cases, deformation results in a red-shift of λmax and increased symmetry of the emission profile consistent with force-induced structural rearrangement of the platinum complexes.
In an attempt to probe the origin of this mechanochromic behavior the structural
properties of the platinum complexes in the compressed films were characterized using
WAXS. The observed scattering pattern for a PMMA film with 20% w/w [Pt(5)Cl](PF6)
shows four distinct peaks occurring at 2θ = 24.4, 15.46, 11.02, and 5.52 ° which equate to
distances of 3.38, 5.73, 8.03, and 16.01 Å respectively. The two shortest distances match very closely to those of the uncompressed films (3.37 and 5.72 Å) corresponding to alternating short and long Pt – Pt distances. The larger distances are consistent with longer Pt – Pt distances which may be related to complexes separated by one or multiple other complexes. The fact that the distances between platinum atoms do not appear to
156 change much after mechanical deformation suggests that possibly only a small fraction of the crystals change conformation. The mechanochromic response is consistent with force-induced structural rearrangement that results in stronger intermolecular Pt – Pt interactions. Unsurprisingly, attempts to press the films at temperatures above the polymer Tg gave no response as the applied pressure caused the films to flow which removed the driving force for aggregation of the platinum complexes.
5.3 CONCLUSIONS
The results presented in this study have shown that square-planer platinum complexes of
4-dodecyloxy-2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine (5) which have been blended into a series of methacrylate polymers display interesting vapochromic and vapoluminescent properties. The use of a polymer matrix allows for mechanically stable films, and the polymer properties have been shown to influence the vapochromic response recovery.
Structural studies are consistent with the previously reported mechanism of a vapor- induced rearrangement of the platinum complexes, characterized by an increase in Pt – Pt interactions. Blending the platinum complexes also results in interesting mechanochromic properties that are believed to be the result of force-induced structural rearrangement of the crystals upon stretching, scratching, or compression.
157
5.4 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
5.4.1 Materials
All reagents and solvents were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. Reagents were
used without further purification. Spectrophotometric grade chloroform was used for all
76 experiments. Pt(DMSO)2Cl2 was prepared according to the literature. Poly(ethyl methacrylate) (PEMA), poly(butyl-co-isobutyl methacrylate) (PBcIBMA), and poly(butyl methacrylate) (PBMA) were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. with Tgs of 63, 35,
and 15 °C respectively. PMMA VS-100 was supplied by Arkema Inc. and was found to
have a Tg of 90 °C.
5.4.2 Instruments
NMR spectra were recorded using a Varian 600 NMR spectrometer. Wide-angle X-ray
scattering (WAXS) measurements were conducted using a Rigaku SA-HF3 X-ray
generator for the D/MAX2000/PC series diffractometer. UV-vis absorption spectra were
obtained using a Perkin-Elmer Lambda 800 UV-vis spectrometer. Films were solution-
cast onto glass slides and scanned in the range of 325-700 nm with an integration time of
0.24 s. Photoluminescence spectra were acquired using an Ocean Optics ACD1000-USB spectrometer (λex = 377 nm) through the use of a Y-shaped optical fiber in conjunction with a Gel Instrumente AG hotstage with a TC2 temperature controller. Molecular weights of the materials were measured by mass spectrometry on a Bruker AUTOFLEX
III MALDI TOF/TOF mass spectrometer using NALDI (Nanostructured Array Laser
Desorption/Ionization) techniques. Polarized optical microscopy (POM) studies were performed using an Olympus BX51 microscope equipped with 90° crossed polarizers and
158
a digital camera (14.2 Color Mosaic Model from Diagnostic Instruments, Inc.). Images
were acquired from the camera using Spot software (Diagnostic Instruments, Inc.).
Spatial dimensions were calibrated using a stage micrometer with 10 μm line spacing. A
50x/0.75 NA achromat long working-distance objective lens (Olympus LMPlanFI) was employed. Fluorescence microscopy studies were performed using a Leica DM2500M microscope equipped with a QImaging QiCam digital camera. Images were acquired from the camera using QCapture Pro 6.0 software. Spatial dimensions were calibrated using a stage micrometer with 10 μm line spacing. A 50x/0.75 N Plan achromat long working-distance objective lens (Leica) was employed. Samples were excited using a 100
W mercury lamp (Chiu Technical Corporation).
5.4.3 Synthesis of 5
4-hydroxy-2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine (HOMebip, 1.3 g, 3.7 mmol),
K2CO3 (600 mg, 4.3 mmol), and 1-bromododecane (1.37 g, 5.5 mmol) were combined in
25 mL DMSO and refluxed at 75 °C for 48 hrs. The solution was extracted with H2O and
CHCl3 after which the organic fractions were combined, dried with sodium sulphate,
filtered, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The product was recrystallized from
hexanes to yield 1.51 g (78%). δH (600 MHz, CDCl3) 7.91 (s, 2H, Ar), 7.85 (d, 2H, Ar),
7.44 (d, 2H, Ar), 7.36 (t, 2H, Ar), 7.33 (t, 2H, Ar), 4.21 (t, 2H, -OCH2-), 4.21 (s, 6H, -
NCH3), 1.84 (m, 2H, -OCH2CH2-), 1.47 (m, 2H, -OCH2CH2CH2-), 1.39-1.21 (b, 16H, -
CH2-), 0.86 (t, 3H, -CH2CH3); δC (100 MHz, CDCl3) 166.9, 151.3, 150.7, 142.7, 137.4,
123.7, 123.0, 120.4, 112.0, 110.1, 68.9, 32.7, 32.1, 29.9, 29.84, 29.79, 29.77, 29.6, 29.5,
29.1, 26.1, 22.9, 14.3. m/z = 523.58 [M+H].
159
13 Figure 5.12 100 MHz C NMR of 5 in CDCl3.
Figure 5.13 Nanostructured Array Laser Desorption/Ionization (NALDI) spectrum of 5 [M+H].
160
5.4.4 Synthesis of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6)
A solution of 5 (400 mg, 0.76 mmoles) in chloroform (30 mL) was added to a suspension of Pt(DMSO)2Cl2 (322 mg, 0.76 mmoles) in methanol (10 mL) and stirred at 50 °C for
24 hrs under inert atmosphere. After removal of the solvent, the product was stirred in a saturated aqueous NH4PF6 solution for 24 hrs. The yellow product was washed with water and THF, dried, and recrystallized from acetone to yield 624 mg (91%) of product.
δH (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) 7.48 (d, 2H, Ar), 7.21 (t, 2H, Ar), 7.12 (t, 2H, Ar), 7.03 (s, 2H,
Ar), 6.95 (d, 2H, Ar), 4.40 (t, 2H, -OCH2-), 3.76 (s, 6H, -NCH3), 1.87 (m, 2H, -
OCH2CH2-), 1.53 (m, 2H, -OCH2CH2CH2-), 1.60-1.20 (b, 16H, -CH2-), 0.84 (t, 3H, -
CH2CH3); δC (100 MHz, (CD3)2SO) 152.2, 147.6, 137.7, 133.5, 126.1, 125.6, 115.3,
111.9, 110.5, 70.7, 40.4, 32.2, 31.3, 29.14, 29.13, 29.11, 29.09, 28.9, 28.8, 28.2, 25.4,
22.1, 13.9. m/z = 753.54 [M+H].
13 Figure 5.14 100 MHz C NMR of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) in (CD3)2SO.
161
Figure 5.15 a) Nanostructured Array Laser Desorption/Ionization (NALDI) spectrum of
[Pt(5)Cl](PF6) [M+H] compared with b) the theoretical isotope pattern.
5.4.5 Preparation of Films Containing [Pt(5)Cl](PF6)
Blends of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6) were prepared by dissolving 250 mg of the polymethacrylate in
4 mL of chloroform followed by addition of the appropriate amount of [Pt(5)Cl](PF6)
(ex. 25 mg for a 10% w/w film). The flask was sealed and sonicated for 16 hrs to achieve
complete dispersal of the platinum complex. The solution was cast into an aluminium walled casting dish with a Teflon sheet bottom. The solvent was allowed to evaporate at room temperature for 24 hrs then further dried in a vacuum oven at 40 °C.
5.4.6 Vapochromic Studies
Exposure to acetonitrile vapor for vapochromic studies was carried out using a sealed
vapor chamber where the solvent was placed into the bottom of the chamber and the
films were placed above the solvent on an inverted glass Petri dish. The chamber was allowed to equilibrate for 20 mins before introducing the samples. Films were exposed for a minimum of 15 mins unless otherwise stated, even though a color change was observed within 3 mins. Studies of the exposed films were performed immediately after
162
removal from the chamber.
5.4.7 Mechanochromic Studies
Films of thickness 400 ± 50 µm were used for all compression studies. Films were
pressed at room temperature at a pressure of eight metric tons for 5 mins. Attempts to
press films at temperatures above the polymer Tg resulted in no observable
mechanochromic behavior.
5.5 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This material is based upon work supported by the National Science Foundation under
Grants CHE-0704026, DMR-0602869, and MRI-0821515 (for the purchase of the
MALDI-TOF/TOF), the Case School of Engineering and the Kent H. Smith Charitable
Trust.
5.6 REFERENCES
1. Fox, J. D.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 6823–6835.
2. Friese, V. A.; Kurth, D. G. Coord. Chem. Rev., 2008, 252, 199–211.
3. McKenzie, B. M.; Rowan, S. J. Molecular Recognition and Polymers, ed. V. M. Rotello and S. Thayumanavan, John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2008, ch. 7, pp. 157–178.
4. Xu, D. H.; Liu, C. Y.; Craig, S. L. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 2343-2353.
5. Piermattei, A.; Karthikeyan, S.; Sijbesma, R. P. Nat. Chem., 2009, 1, 133-137.
6. Nair, K.; Breedveld, V.; Weck, M. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 3346-3357.
163
7. Whittell, G. R.; Hager, M. D.; Schubert, U. S.; Manners, I. Nat. Mater., 2011, 10, 176- 188.
8. Chiper, M.; Hoogenboom, R.; Schubert, U. S. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2009, 30, 565-578.
9. Dobrawa, R.; Würthner, F. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 4981-4995.
10. Fages, F. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2006, 45, 1680-1682.
11. Kumpfer, J. R.; Wie, J. J.; Swanson, J. P.; Beyer, F. L.; Mackay, M. E.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2012, 45, 473-480.
12. Kumpfer, J. R.; Jin, J.; Rowan, S. J. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 145-151.
13. Knapton, D.; Burnworth, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2006, 45, 5825–5829.
14. Handl, H. L.; Gillies, R. J. Life Sci., 2005, 77, 361–371.
15. Burnworth, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Chem. Eur. J., 2007, 13, 7828–7836.
16. Burnworth, M.; Tang, L.; Kumpfer, J. R.; Duncan, A. J.; Beyer, F. L.; Fiore, G. L.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Nature, 2011, 472, 334-337.
17. Kumpfer, J. R.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2011, 133, 12866-12874.
18. Yu, S. C.; Kwok, C. C.; Chan, W. K.; Chen, C. M. Adv. Mater., 2003, 15, 1643-1647.
19. Ng, W.; Gong, X.; Chan, W. K. Chem. Mater., 1999, 11, 1165-1170.
20. Murphy, L.; Williams, J. A. G. Top. Organomet. Chem., 2010, 28, 75-111.
21. Kato, M. Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 2007, 80, 287-294.
22. Anderson, B. M.; Hurst, S. K. Eur. J. Inorg. Chem., 2009, 21, 3041-3054.
164
23. Eryazici, I.; Moorefield, C. N.; Newkome, G. R. Chem. Rev., 2008, 108, 1834-1895.
24. Paw, W.; Cummings, S. D.; Mansour, M. A.; Connick, W. B.; Geiger, D. K.; Eisenberg, R. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 1998, 171, 125-150.
25. Houlding, V. H.; Miskowski, V. M. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 1991, 111, 145-152.
26. Williams, J. A. G.; Develay, S.; Rochester, D. L.; Murphy, L. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 2008, 252, 2596-2611.
27. Williams, J. A. G. Top. Curr. Chem., 2007, 281, 205-268.
28. Li, K.; Chen, Y.; Lu, W.; Zhu, N.; Che, C. M. Chem. Eur. J., 2011, 17, 4109-4112.
29. Develay, S.; Williams, J. A. G. Dalton Trans., 2008, 34, 4562-4564.
30. Ni, J.; Zhang, L. Y.; Wen, H. M.; Chen, Z. N. Chem. Commun., 2009, 3801-3803.
31. Miskowski, V. M.; Houlding, V. H. Inorg. Chem., 1989, 28, 1529-1533.
32. Chung, S. K.; Tseng, Y. R.; Chen, C. Y.; Sun, S. S. Inorg. Chem., 2011, 50, 2711- 2713.
33. Connick, W. B.; Henling, L. M.; Marsh, R. E.; Gray, H. B. Inorg. Chem., 1996, 35, 6261-6265.
34. Kato, M.; Kosuge, C.; Morii, K.; Ahn, J. S.; Kitagawa, H.; Mitani, T.; Matsushita, M.; Kato, T.; Yano, S.; Kimura, M. Inorg. Chem., 1999, 38, 1638-1641.
35. Connick, W. B.; Marsh, R. E.; Schaefer, W. P.; Gray, H. B. Inorg. Chem., 1997, 36, 913-922.
36. Hudson, Z. M.; Sun, C.; Harris, K. J.; Lucier, B. E. G.; Schurko, R. W.; Wang, S. Inorg. Chem., 2011, 50, 3447-3457.
165
37. Forniés, J.; Fuertes, S.; López, J. A.; Martín, A.; Sicilia, V. Inorg. Chem., 2008, 47, 7166-7176.
38. Lu, W.; Mi, B. X.; Chan, M. C. W.; Hui, Z.; Che, C. M.; Zhu, N.; Lee, S. T. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 4958-4971.
39. Shao, P.; Li, Y.; Sun, W. Organometallics, 2008, 27, 2743-2749.
40. Ji, Z.; Li, Y.; Pritchett, T. M.; Makarov, N. S.; Haley, J. E.; Li, Z.; Drobizhev, M.; Rebane, A.; Sun, W. Chem. Eur. J., 2011, 17, 2479-2491.
41. Yam, V. W. W.; Chan, K. H. Y.; Wong, K. M. C.; Zhu, N. Chem. Eur. J., 2005, 11, 4535-4543.
42. Pritchett, T. M.; Sun, W.; Guo, F.; Zhang, B.; Ferry, M. J.; Rogers-Haley, J. E.; Shensky III, W.; Mott, A. G. Opt. Lett., 2008, 33, 1053-1055.
43. Field, J. S.; Haines, R. J.; Ledwaba, L. P.; McGuire Jr., R.; Munro, O. Q.; Low, M. R.; McMillin, D. R. Dalton Trans., 2007, 2, 192-199.
44. Shikhova, E.; Danilov, E. O.; Kinayyigit, S.; Pomestchenko, I. E.; Tregubov, A. D.; Camerel, F.; Retailleau, P.; Ziessel, R.; Castellano, F. N. Inorg. Chem., 2007, 46, 3038-3048.
45. Wang, K.; Haga, M. A.; Monjushiro, H.; Akiba, M.; Sasaki, Y. Inorg. Chem., 2000, 39, 4022-4028.
46. Rivera, E. J.; Figueroa, C.; Colón, J. L.; Grove, L.; Connick, W. B. Inorg. Chem., 2007, 46, 8569-8576.
47. Kobayashi, A.; Fukuzawa, Y.; Noro, S. I.; Nakamura, T.; Kato, M. Chem. Lett., 2009, 38, 998-999.
48. Muro, M. L.; Daws, C. A.; Castellano, F. N. Chem. Commun., 2008, 6134-6136.
166
49. Field, J. S.; Grimmer, C. D.; Munro, O. Q.; Waldron, B. P. Dalton Trans., 2010, 39, 1558-1567.
50. Du, P. Inorg. Chim. Acta, 2010, 363, 1355-1358.
51. Du, P.; Schneider, J.; Brennessel, W. W.; Eisenberg, R. Inorg. Chem., 2008, 47, 69- 77.
52. Wadas, T. J.; Wang, Q. M.; Kim, Y. J.; Flaschenreim, C.; Blanton, T. N.; Eisenberg, R. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 16841-16849.
53. Grove, L. J.; Oliver, A. G.; Krause, J. A.; Connick, W. B. Inorg. Chem., 2008, 47, 1408-1410.
54. Grove, L. J.; Rennekamp, J. M.; Jude, H.; Connick, W. B. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 1594-1595.
55. Mathew, I.; Sun, W. Dalton Trans., 2010, 39, 5885-5898.
56. Beiermann, B. A.; Kramer, S. L. B.; Moore, J. S.; White, S. R.; Sottos, N. R. ACS Macro Lett., 2012, 1, 163-166.
57. Pucci, A.; Ruggeri, G. J. Mater. Chem., 2011, 21, 8282-8291.
58. Lott, J.; Weder, C. Macromol. Chem. Phys., 2010, 211, 28-34.
59. Sagara, Y.; Kato, T. Nat. Chem., 2009, 1, 605-610.
60. Kunzelman, J.; Gupta, M.; Crenshaw, B. R.; Schiraldi, D. A.; Weder, C. Macromol. Mater. Eng., 2009, 294, 244-249.
61. Ni, J.; Zhang, X.; Wu, Y. H.; Zhang, L.Y.; Chen, Z. N. Chem. Eur. J., 2011, 17, 1171-1183.
62. Kozhevnikov, V. N.; Donnio, B.; Bruce, D. W. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2008, 47, 6286-6289.
167
63. Abe, T.; Itakura, T.; Ikeda, N.; Shinozaki, K. Dalton Trans., 2009, 4, 711-715.
64. Zahner, J. C.; Drickamer, H. G. J. Chem. Phys., 1960, 33, 1625-1628.
65. Takagi, H. D.; Noda, K.; Itoh, S. Platinum Metals Rev., 2004, 48, 117-124.
66. Abe, T.; Takahashi, K.; Shiraishi, Y.; Toshima, N.; Kaneko, M. Macromol. Chem. Phys., 2000, 201, 102-106.
67. Nishiyama, N.; Kato, Y.; Sugiyama, Y.; Kataoka, K. Pharm. Res., 2001, 18, 1035- 1041.
68. Parrinello, G.; Stille, J. K. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1987, 109, 7122-7127.
69. Tong, Q. X.; Li, X. H.; Wu, L. Z.; Yang, Q. Z.; Zhang, L. P.; Tung, C. H. Chinese J. Chem., 2004, 22, 1204-1207.
70. Rivera, E. J.; Barbosa, C.; Torres, R.; Grove, L.; Taylor, S.; Connick, W. B.; Clearfield, A.; Colón, J. L. J. Mater. Chem., 2011, 21, 15899-15902.
71. Li, X. H.; Wu, L. Z.; Zhang, L. P.; Tung, C. H.; Che, C. M. Chem. Commun., 2001, 2280-2281.
72. Zhang, D.; Wu, L. Z.; Yang, Q. Z.; Li, X. H.; Zhang, L. P.; Tung, C. H. Org. Lett., 2003, 5, 3221-3224.
73. Che, C. M.; Fu, W. F.; Lai, S. W.; Hou, Y. J.; Liu, Y. L. Chem. Commun., 2003, 118- 119.
74. Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J. Faraday Discuss., 2005, 128, 43-53.
75. Tam, A. Y. Y.; Lam, W. H.; Wong, K. M. C.; Zhu, N.; Yam, V. W. W. Chem. Eur. J., 2008, 14, 4562-4576.
76. Price, J. H.; Williamson, A. N.; Schramm, R. F.; Wayland, B. B. Inorg. Chem., 1972, 11, 1280-1284.
168
CHAPTER 6
Fabrication of Platinum Nanoparticles Utilizing
Metallosupramolecular Polymers as Templates
6.1 INTRODUCTION
The fabrication of nanoparticles embedded within a polymer matrix is of wide interest as a consequence of their potential applications in sensors,1 magnetic data storage,2 flash memory,3 and catalysis.4 Many different methods have been utilized to prepare polymer
nanocomposites with metal nanoparticles.5 One way is to mix the premade nanoparticles
with the polymer using solution or melt based processing techniques; however this
method of preparing nanocomposites generally results in heterogeneous dispersions on
account of nanoparticle agglomeration combined with high polymer viscosity.6 More
recently, in-situ formation of metal nanoparticles from metal-ions dispersed within a polymer matrix has gained attention.7 This method is performed either by adding the
metal precursor to the polymer in its processed (solution or melt) form or by processing
the two components simultaneously. The synthesis of metal nanoparticles within the
polymer matrix can then be carried out by a variety of techniques including
electrochemical8 or chemical9 reduction, photoirradiation,10,11 and thermal treatment.12,13
Metal-containing polymers14 where the metal is an intricate component of the polymer itself are interesting candidates as precursors15-17 to metal nanoparticle
containing nanocomposites as these organic/inorganic hybrid materials can combine the
processability of polymers with the functionalities of the metal and issues of macroscopic
phase separation of the metal-ion and polymer matrix are removed. A subclass of this
field is metallosupramolecular polymers,18-20 which can be prepared using a wide variety
of metal-ions and polymers.21- 24 We have previously shown that metallosupramolecular
polymers, comprised of ditopic 2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine (Mebip) end-
capped macromonomers self-assembled with either transition metals25,26 (Zn2+, Fe2+,
170
etc…) or lanthanides27,28 (La3+ and Eu3+), are able to form mechanically stable films.
Metallosupramolecular polymers with low Tg “soft” polymeric cores such as the poly(tetrahydrofuran)-based macromonomer 2 and the poly(ethylene-co-butylene)-based macromonomer 3 form lamellar morphologies27,28 in the solid state as a result of phase separation of the hard ionic, metal-ligand complexes and the soft polymer core . We have
also shown that the degree of long-range order and mechanical properties are strongly
dependent on the nature of the polymer used as described in Chapter 3, with the more
polar, poly(tetrahydrofuran)-based 2, showing decreased ordering and weaker films compared to the less polar poly(ethylene-co-butylene)-based 3. In these films the lamellar period was <10 nm and is related to the molecular weight of the polymer core. The presence of high concentrations of the metal-ions in one of the phases suggested to us that such materials may be interesting potential precursors to metal nanoparticle
nanocomposites.
Figure 6.1 Synthesis of the platinum metallosupramolecular polymers [Pt2(2,3 or 6)Cl2](Cl2).
171
The formation of metal nanoparticles by plasma reduction is well
documented.29,30 However general plasma reduction is hindered by the need for operating
at low pressures which results in increased processing costs and is not useful for large-
scale production. More recently, plasma sources that can be operated at atmospheric
pressure31-33 have been developed and initial work has demonstrated the reduction of
metal-cations doped into polymeric films with the use of electrons from an extracted
discharge from a microplasma at atmospheric pressure.34,35 The use of an extracted
discharge from a microplasma has the distinct advantage to microplasma alone as it is sustainable at low currents which reduces problems resulting from gas heating and sputtering which can potentially damage the samples. Therefore, we were interested in investigating the potential of using extracted discharge from a microplasma to reduce a metallosupramolecular polymer to see if we could establish a new and straightforward
strategy for nanofabrication of nanoparticles in such a polymeric matrix.
As mentioned earlier, metallosupramolecular polymers have been prepared with
many different metals, however in this study we wanted to investigate Pt-containing
polymers as platinum nanoparticles have a range of potential uses from catalysis36- 38 to
biomedical applications.39,40 There are some examples of Pt-containing supramolecular
polymers where the Pt-ligand (usually a pyridyl derivative) interaction is the reversible
motif.41-43 However, in order to take advantage of the macromonomers 2 and 3 that we have previously investigated26,27 we were interested in developing new metallosupramolecular polymers that would take advantage of weak Pt – Pt interactions.
Such interactions have been observed to occur with a number of low molecular weight
terdentate Pt complexes, including Mebip:PtX2+, and resulted in the development of
172
vapochromic and mechanochromic crystalline solids.44-46 Thus our target is the synthesis
of ditopic telechelic macromonomers which have the [Mebip:PtCl]2+ complex at the
chain-ends (Figure 6.1). The goal then would be to form films of these
metallosupramolecular polymers and study the formation of platinum nanoparticles
within these films using electrochemical reduction via extracted discharge from a
microplasma (Figure 6.2).
Figure 6.2 Schematic of platinum nanoparticle formation from the reduction of metallosupramolecular polymers via the extracted discharge from a microplasma.
6.2 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The platinum complexes [Pt2(2,3 or 6)Cl2](Cl2) are synthesized by reacting 2 and 6,
ditopic Mebip end-capped poly(tetrahydrofuran) macromonomers with molecular
weights of 4200 and 9600 g/mol respectively, and 3, a ditopic Mebip end-capped
poly(ethylene-co-butylene) with a molecular weight of 4000 g/mol, with Pt(DMSO)2Cl2
at 50 °C overnight as shown in Figure 6.1. Pt2+ is known to complex with 2,6-bis(N- methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine (Mebip) ligands in a 1:1 fashion47,48 and as such does not
result in the formation of metallosupramolecular polymers via a chain extension
assembly that has previously been observed with the more common 1:2 metal:ligand
173
binding of transition metal-ions such as Zn2+ or Fe2+.49 However, it has been shown in
small molecule analogues44,47 and Chapter 5 that Pt2+:Mebip complexes can form
extended chains via Pt – Pt interactions. Thus, we wanted to see if such Pt – Pt
interactions, presumably in conjunction with phase separation of the metal complex and
polymer core,26,50 can be used to access metallosupramolecular polymers. Gratifyingly, solution-casting either via drop-casting or spin-coating [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) or
[Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) did result in the formation of films. To our knowledge this is the first
time that this Pt – Pt motif has been used to access metallosupramolecular polymer
films.51
6.2.1 Morphological Studies
Both [Pt2(2 or 6)Cl2](Cl2) and [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) are able to form metallosupramolecular
polymer films at a film thickness of ~180 µm, however the mechanical properties of each film are quite different, similar to what was shown in Chapter 3 for films prepared with
Zn2+ and Eu3+, in that metallosupramolecular polymers formed from 3 show better mechanical properties than those formed with 2. Solution-cast films of [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2)
are mechanically stable with a tensile storage modulus of ~70 MPa at 20 °C (Figure 6.3)
while films prepared with [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) are much weaker to the extent that the
mechanical properties could not be tested using dynamic mechanical thermal analysis
(DMTA) (see Figure 6.3b and c).
174
Figure 6.3 DMTA of a mechanically stable [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) film. The drop in modulus at ca. -40
°C results from the Tg of the polymer core. Films of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) were too weak to undergo
testing. Images of the mechanical properties of films prepared with b) [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) and c)
[Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2).
Small-angle (SAXS) and wide-angle (WAXS) X-ray scattering studies were
carried out to better understand the difference in the properties of these two systems. The
SAXS of films of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) and [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) both show scattering which is
consistent with a lamellar-like morphology as a result of phase separation between the
metal-ligand complexes and the polymer cores, similar to what has been shown before for
other metallosupramolecular polymers with 2 and 3. For films prepared with
175
[Pt2(3)Cl](Cl2), two strong scattering peaks are observed with a primary Bragg
diffraction peak (q*) at q = 0.72 nm-1 and a secondary scattering peak (2q*) at half the distance of the primary peak as shown in Figure 6.4a. This type of scattering is consistent
with a lamellar morphology with alternating domains of the metal-ligand complex and
the polymer core as a result of phase separation. In this case the metal-ligand complexes act as a “hard” phase and the low Tg polymer core (ca. -80 °C for 2 and 6 and ca. -40 °C
for 3) acts as the “soft” phase which is consistent with previous results seen with other
metallosupramolecular films.27,28 The lamellar period, d, which is given as d = 2π/q* is
approximately 8.6 nm which correlates to the lamellar spacing between the metal-ligand
“hard” phases and matches well with previously reported metallosupramolecular polymers prepared with macromonomer 3.
176
Figure 6.4 Morphological characterization of metallosupramolecular polymers [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2)
and [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2). Films of [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) display strong scattering peaks consistent with a lamellar morphology by a) small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) and b) wide angle X-ray scattering (WAXS) shows only one short Pt – Pt distance within the metal-ligand phase. c)
[Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) films also show lamella in the SAXS but with reduced long-range order. d)
WAXS of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) display both “long” and “short” Pt – Pt distances in the metal-ligand hard phase.
Wide-angle X-ray scattering was used to probe the structure of the metal-ligand phase. The WAXS diffractogram for [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2), Figure 6.4b, displays one
dominant scattering peak at 2θ = 26.3 ° (d = 3.39 Å) as well as broad peaks at 2θ = 19.2
and 12.1 ° (d = 4.67 and 7.31 Å respectively) which result from the amorphous polymer
177
core. The peak at 3.39 Å matches closely to those previously reported from single crystal
data for low molecular weight Pt2+:Mebip complexes showing a linear chain of Pt – Pt
interactions.
In a similar manner, the SAXS of films of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2), Figure 6.4c, show two
peaks with a primary diffraction peak (q*) at q = 0.75 nm-1 (d = 8.4 nm) and a secondary
peak (2q*) at q = 1.53 nm-1 (d = 4.1 nm) characteristic of a lamellar structure. However
the relative intensity of the scattering peaks is much weaker than those seen for the
[Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) film suggesting that the long-range ordering of the lamellae in the
[Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) films is inferior. The decreased intensity in the SAXS for
[Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) films is likely a result of poor phase separation between the metal-ligand complexes and the polymer core arising from the presence of oxygen atoms along the polymer backbone. Similarly to what was observed in Chapter 3 for the Zn2+ and Eu3+
films, the increased polarity of the poly(tetrahydrofuran) core of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) along with the potential for the polymeric oxygen atoms to weakly coordinate with the Pt2+ ions
of the metal-ligand complexes are believed to be responsible for the observed decrease in
phase separation when compared to films prepared with [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2).
The WAXS pattern for the [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) film also shows multiple scattering
peaks rather than the one dominant peak seen in the [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) film (see Figure
6.4d). The peaks in the film of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) correspond to distances of 16.19, 7.97,
5.71, 3.78, and 3.38 Å. The peaks at 3.38 and 5.71 Å match closely with previously
reported lengths from single crystal structures of small molecule Pt2+:Mebip complexes
that show a Pt – Pt chain with alternating long and short distances. The peak at 3.78 Å is
consistent with the interplaner distances between the Mebip ligands of neighboring
178
complexes52 and the scattering peaks for d = 7.97 and 16.19 Å are consistent with the
presence of longer Pt – Pt distances (e.g. the Pt(1) to Pt(3) distance in a chain of Pt-ions:
Pt(1) – Pt(2) – Pt(3) – Pt(4), etc.).
Figure 6.5 Schematic showing the partial short range structures of metallosupramolecular
polymers a) [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) and b) [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) formed via Pt – Pt interactions in the solid state as suggested by SAXS and WAXS data.
Based on the SAXS and WAXS data the proposed solid state structures of
metallosupramolecular polymers prepared with [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) and [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) are
shown in Figure 6.5. All metallosupramolecular polymers are formed via Pt – Pt interactions in the hard phase. Films prepared with [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) show a well-defined, long-range lamellar morphology with one repeatable Pt – Pt spacing in the metal-ligand phase (Figure 6.5a) while films prepared with [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) show decreased lamellar ordering with long and short Pt – Pt distances within the metal-ligand phase. Films of
[Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) represent the first known example of mechanically stable films of a
metallosupramolecular polymer formed through use of Pt – Pt interactions (presumably
aided by phase separation).
179
6.2.2 Reduction of Metallosupramolecular Polymers Using Extracted Discharge from a
Microplasma
Reduction of the platinum cations in the metallosupramolecular polymers was carried out using a low-current extracted discharge from a microplasma. The method of obtaining the extracted discharge from the microplasma is shown in Figure 6.6 where a microplasma is generated and sustained in Ar gas at atmospheric pressure between a stainless steel cathode and a metal grid anode. The extracted discharge was obtained from the microplasma using a stainless steel plate as a third electrode which was positively biased and placed near the anode.
Figure 6.6 Schematic of the experimental setup of the reduction of the metallosupramolecular polymers using extracted discharge from a microplasma.
Thin films of [Pt2(2,3 or 6)Cl2](Cl2) were prepared by spin-coating onto a
substrate and the metal-ion chain-ends were reduced by exposure to extracted electrons from a microplasma. Reduction was carried out at varying times to examine the growth of the platinum nanoparticles. Figure 6.7 shows TEM images of nanoparticle growth
180
from [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) as a function of exposure time to the extracted discharge from a
microplasma. Films which were not exposed showed no features in the TEM (Figure
6.7a) however after only 30 mins of exposure nanoparticles could be observed (Figure
6.7b). Further exposure results in an increase in the average particle size as shown in
Figure 6.7c and d for exposure times of 1 hr and 3 hrs, respectively. High resolution TEM
investigations of the Pt nanoparticles formed show that the particles are crystalline and
the observed lattice spacings correspond well to the Pt(111) and Pt(200) crystalline
planes of the fcc (face centered cubic) crystalline phase platinum calculated from Bragg’s
law (see Figure 6.7d insert).
Figure 6.7 TEM images of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) for the various exposure times to the extracted discharge from the microplasma. a) Unexposed and b) 0.5 hr, c) 1 hr, and d) 3 hrs. Inset shows high resolution TEM displaying typical platinum crystalline lattice spacing. Extracted discharge from the microplasma was operated with 200 µA current.
181
Although nanoparticles were successfully formed upon exposure to the extracted discharge from a microplasma, work was carried out to make sure that it is the electrons from the extracted discharge that are responsible for the reduction of the platinum and not some other source. Initially, investigations focused on the nature of the microplasma to determine if UV and/or heat generated by the extracted discharge from the microplasma, rather than the electrons, could be responsible for the reduction. A control experiment in which one sample was directly exposed to 200 µA of extracted discharge from the microplasma (which includes electrons, UV, and heating), while another was exposed to
0 µA of extracted discharge from the microplasma (which only includes UV and heat and no electrons) was used. As shown in Figure 6.8a and b, only the sample exposed to electrons showed the formation of platinum nanoparticles, confirming that UV and heating effects caused by the extracted discharge from the microplasma are not responsible for the reduction of the metallosupramolecular polymer.
We also looked at the potential reduction by the TEM itself as TEM uses an electron beam for imaging. A [Pt2(2)Cl](Cl2) film which was spin-coated onto a TEM grid and then exposed to 300 kV TEM and images were taken at various times at the same position. Even up to 10 mins exposure to the electrons from TEM, no particle formation was observed in the [Pt2(2)Cl](Cl2) film. In addition, we checked to see if the e-beam of the TEM would induce growth of already formed Pt nanoparticles.
Gratifyingly, the particle size of the targeted Pt nanoparticles was not observed to increase upon exposure to the TEM beam for 5 mins. Thus based on these controls, it is clear that the Pt nanoparticles in the metallosupramolecular polymer are generated by electrons from the extracted discharge from the microplasma.
182
Figure 6.8 TEM images of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) studying the potential for platinum reduction by common reduction techniques. a) 1 hr exposure to extracted discharge from the microplasma (M: 4 mA, ED: 200 µA) b) 1 hr exposure with microplasma (M: 4 mA, ED: 0 µA) c) UV exposure (320-500 nm, 100 mW/cm2, 3 hrs) d) Refluxed in ethylene glycol (150 °C, 3 hrs).
Other reduction techniques were attempted to determine the importance of the extracted discharge from the microplasma. To test for photoreduction using UV light, a
[Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) film on a TEM grid was irradiated with 320-500 nm UV light with a surface intensity of 100 mW/cm2 for 3 hrs. As shown in Figure 6.8c, no nanoparticles were observed. Chemical reduction was also studied by refluxing [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) in ethylene glycol using an adapted literature procedure of work done by Urbina and coworkers53 on the reduction of platinum nitrate to form nanoparticles by refluxing in ethylene glycol. After refluxing [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) in ethylene glycol for 3 hrs, the ethylene glycol was removed, the product was redissolved in chloroform, and spin-coated onto a
183
TEM grid as done with the previous samples. Once again no nanoparticle formation could be observed as shown in Figure 6.8d. These results demonstrate the importance of using the extracted discharge from the microplasma as common reduction techniques are unable to easily reduce the metallosupramolecular polymers in this study.
6.2.3 Nanoparticle Growth and Assembly
In order to give further insight to the process of nanoparticle formation in the metallosupramolecular polymers, we investigated the effects of the polymer backbone
(poly(tetrahydrofuran) for [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) vs poly(ethylene-co-butylene) for
[Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2)) and metal-loading ([Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) vs [Pt2(6)Cl2](Cl2)) on the nanoparticle growth. Interestingly, the nature of the polymer core (type and size) has a
significant impact on the size and density of the nanoparticles.
In order to understand the particle formation and growth of Pt nanoparticles in the
various metallosupramolecular templates, the evolution of particle size as a function of
exposure time was monitored. As shown in Figure 6.9, Pt nanoparticle growth in all the metallosupramolecular polymer templates shows that the particle size increases with increasing exposure time to the extracted discharge from the microplasma. All polymers and exposure times yield nanoparticles with narrow size distributions with average particle diameters of < 5 nm. Examination of the TEM images showed little-to-no agglomeration, even after 3 hrs of exposure to the extracted discharge from the microplasma.
184
Figure 6.9 TEM images of nanoparticles (3 hrs exposure) and particle size distributions of a)
[Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2), b) [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2), and c) [Pt2(6)Cl2](Cl2) vs exposure time to the extracted discharge from the microplasma.
Interestingly, there is an observable trend and the average size and density of the
Pt nanoparticles is strongly dependent on the polymer core of the metallosupramolecular template. Comparisons of the average particle size and densities for all metallosupramolecular polymer and exposure times are shown in Figure 6.10. For all
185
exposure times, platinum nanoparticles created from [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) have the largest
average diameter, followed by [Pt2(6)Cl2](Cl2), and films prepared with [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2)
generated the smallest particles. We also observed a trend in the particle density with
respect to the polymer core where [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) yields the highest particle density and
[Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) has the lowest particle density as shown in Figure 6.10b.
Figure 6.10 a) Particle size analysis vs exposure time to the extracted discharge from the
microplasma. [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) yielded the largest particles while [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) yielded the smallest particles. b) Particle density analysis vs exposure time to the extracted discharge from the microplasma. [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) yielded the smallest particle density while [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) yielded the largest particle density.
These observed trends are consistent with a mechanism of nanoparticle formation
within these metallosupramolecular polymer templates being initiated by the extracted
discharge from the microplasma reducing some of the Pt2+ complexes to form nucleation
points of Pt0 from which the nanoparticles can begin to grow. The nanoparticles grow in
size as “Pt2+” species diffuse to these nucleation points and also are reduced in
accordance with classical nucleation theory.54 Using this mechanism the observations
186
regarding the relative nanoparticle size and density of the three films containing the
different cores, [Pt2(2,3 or 6)Cl2](Cl2), can be rationalized. Films of [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2)
form smaller diameter particles and higher particle density compared to [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2)
which is consistent with a more facile diffusion of Pt2+ species through the less ordered,
more polar polymer matrix (poly(THF) vs poly(ethylene-co-butylene)). Comparison of
the compounds with the same poly(THF) core but different molecular weights
([Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) vs. [Pt2(6)Cl2](Cl2)) shows that larger particle sizes and lower particle densities is favored in the lower molecular weight species. This is consistent with more facile transport of the Pt2+ species which can be expected based on the higher
concentration of the polar ionic complexes in [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) and the smaller diffusion distances required through the lower molecular weight core.
6.3 CONCLUSIONS
In this work, we have demonstrated that metallosupramolecular polymers formed using
Pt – Pt interactions can be used as precursors for metallic nanoparticle containing nanocomposite by exposure to electrons from an extracted discharge from a microplasma.
Very uniform, unagglomerated platinum nanoparticles were created with diameters under
5 nm, the size of which could be tailored by the exposure time to the extracted discharge from a microplasma. The nanoparticle size and densities were also found to be influenced by the polymer core of the macromonomer used and seem to relate to the ease of diffusion of the Pt2+ species. Low molecular weight, polar poly(tetrahydrofuran) cores
yielded the lowest density of larger particles while the nonpolar, poly(ethylene-co-
butylene) core yielded a higher density of smaller particles. The ability to reduce
metallosupramolecular polymers using the very mild conditions afforded by the extracted
187
discharge from a microplasma is very interesting as they can be generated at ambient
conditions and allow for the ability to easily produce them on a large scale.
6.4 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
6.4.1 Materials
All reagents and solvents were purchased form Aldrich Chemical Co. Reagents were
used without further purification. Spectrophotometric grade chloroform was used for all
experiments. Macromonomers 2, 3, and 6 were synthesized as previously reported.26,28
55 Pt(DMSO)2Cl2 was prepared according to the literature. Molecular weights (Mn) for 2,
6, and 3 were found to be 4200 g/mol, 9600 g/mol, and 4000 g/mol respectively. TEM grids were purchased from Electron Microscopy Sciences.
6.4.2 Instruments
NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian 600 NMR spectrometer. Small-angle X-ray
scattering (SAXS) measurements were conducted using a Rigaku S-MAX 3000 SAXS
system. Cu KR X-rays from a MicroMax-002+ sealed tube source (λ = 0.154 nm) were
collimated through three pinhole slits to yield a final spot size of 0.7 mm at the sample
position. The sample-to-detector distance and the scattering vector, q, were calibrated
using a silver behenate (AgBe) standard with a characteristic (001) peak position at q =
1.076 nm-1. The calculated sample-to-detector distance was 1.5 m. Typical exposure
times were 1 hr. Wide-angle X-ray scattering (WAXS) measurements were conducted
using a Rigaku SA-HF3 X-ray generator for the D/MAX2000/PC series diffractometer.
Dynamic mechanical thermal analysis experiments were performed using a TA
188
Instruments DMA Q800 under N2 with liquid N2 cooling and heated at a rate of 10 °C min-1. The UV lamp used for reduction attempts was a Bluepoint 4 Ecocure from Honle
UV America Inc. All experiments were carried out with a 320 – 500 nm filter. High
resolution transmission electron microscopy (TEM) was performed with a Philips Tecnai
F30 operated at 300 kV. X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) measurements were
carried out with a PHI VersaProve XPS Microprobe. A monochromatic AlKα (1486.6 eV)
source was used with a spot size of 300 µm.
6.4.3 Extracted Discharge from a Microplasma
In order to extract electrons by way of an extracted discharge, atmospheric-pressure
microplasma was ignited and sustained in Ar gas (flow rate = 150 sccm) between a
stainless-steel capillary tube (Restek, Inc., I.D. = 180 lm, L = 5 cm) cathode and a metal
grid anode by a negatively-biased high voltage direct current (dc) power supply
(Keithley, Inc., Model 246). The microplasma current was controlled by adjusting the
power supply voltage. Afterwards, to extract electrons from the primary microplasma, a
third electrode (3 cm × 3 cm stainless steel plate) was positioned near the anode and
positively biased with a separate high voltage dc power supply (Gamma, Model RR30-
2P). The third electrode voltage could be varied between 0 and ~15 kV to control the
current of extracted discharge from the microplasma. During the experiment, the current
of microplasma and distance between the anode and third electrode (dee) was kept
constant at 4 mA and 0.5 cm, respectively.
189
6.4.4 Synthesis of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2), [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2), and [Pt2(6)Cl2](Cl2)
A solution of 2 (250 mg, 0.06 mmoles) in chloroform (40 mL) was added to a suspension
of Pt(DMSO)2Cl2 (50.3 mg, 0.12 mmoles) in methanol (10 mL) under inert atmosphere.
Complexation was carried out at 50 °C for 24 hrs. After removal of the solvent, the
resulting orange solid was washed multiple times with water and THF to give the desired
product in quantitative yield. δH (600 MHz; 1:1 CDCl3:(CD3)2SO) 7.35 (b, 4H, Ar), 7.30
(b, 4H, Ar), 6.99 (b, 4H, Ar), 6.7-6.5 (b, 8H, Ar), 4.42 (t, 4H, -OCH2-), 3.76 (s, 12H, -
NCH3), 3.40, (m, 256H, -OCH2CH2-), 1.61 (m, 260H, -OCH2CH2-).
The same conditions were used for 6 with values of: 6 (50 mg, 0.005 mmoles) and
Pt(DMSO)2Cl2 (4.4 mg, 0.01 mmoles).
The same conditions were used for 3 with values of: 3 (200 mg, 0.05 mmoles) and
Pt(DMSO)2Cl2 (42.2 mg, 0.1 mmoles). δH (600 MHz; CDCl3) 7.50 (d, 4H, Ar), 7.23 (t,
4H, Ar), 7.13 (t, 4H, Ar), 7.04 (s, 4H, Ar), 6.99 (d, 4H, Ar), 4.42 (t, 4H, -OCH2-), 3.77 (s,
12H, -NCH3), 1.48-0.94 (m, 398H, -CH2-; -CH-), 0.94-0.79 (m, 125H, -CHCH3-).
190
1 Figure 6.11 Partial 600 MHz H NMR spectra of a) 2 in CDCl3 at 25 °C and b) [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2)
in 1:1 CDCl3:(CD3)2SO at 50 °C. No uncoordinated peaks from 2 are observed in the
spectrum of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) consistent with complete complexation.
6.4.5 Preparing Thin-Films for Reduction
0.5 mM solutions of [Pt2(2,3 or 6)Cl2](Cl2) in CHCl3 were used to create all films unless
otherwise stated. To avoid the possibility of photo-reduction, the solutions and
subsequent films were keep covered with aluminum foil at all times. Thin films were
prepared by spin-coating onto a carbon-coated TEM grid at 2000 rpm for 60 s. The films
were dried in vacuo at 40 °C overnight. Afterwards, the as-prepared sample was placed in desiccator and cooled to -10 °C overnight before and after treatment with the extracted discharge from a microplasma of the metallosupramolecular polymer films in order to maintain low humidity and low temperature. Films were exposed to the extracted discharge from a microplasma for a variety of times (30, 60, and 180 mins).
191
6.4.6 Preparing Thick Films for Structural Characterization
Thicker films were prepared by solvent-casting as described in previous chapters. 200 mg of [Pt2(2)Cl2](Cl2) or [Pt2(3)Cl2](Cl2) were dissolved in 2 mL of CHCl3 and cast into an aluminum walled casting dish with a Teflon sheet bottom. The solvent was allowed to evaporate at room temperature for 24 hrs and the films were further dried in vacuo at 40
°C overnight to yield mechanically stable films with thicknesses of 180 ± 30 µm.
6.5 ACKNOWLEGDMENTS
This material is based upon work supported by the National Science Foundation under
Grants CHE-0704026, DMR-0602869, and MRI-0821515 (for the purchase of the
MALDI-TOF/TOF), the Case School of Engineering and the Kent H. Smith Charitable
Trust. Special thanks goes to Seung Whan Lee for all of his hard work on the reduction and imaging of the samples, Dr. Mohan Sankaran for his invaluable help in interpreting the data, and Brian Michal for help with the SAXS.
6.6 REFERENCES
1. Shin, D. O.; Jeong, J. -R.; Han, T. H.; Koo, C. M.; Park, H. -J.; Lim, Y. T.; Kim, S. O. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 7241-7247.
2. Naito, K.; Hieda, H.; Sakurai, M.; Kamata, Y.; Asakawa, K. IEEE Trans. Magn., 2002, 38, 1949-1951.
3. Lee, J. -S.; Cho, J.; Lee, C.; Kim, I.; Park, J.; Kim, Y. -M.; Shin, H.; Lee, J.; Caruso, F. Nat. Nanotechnol., 2007, 2, 790-795.
192
4. Crooks, R. M.; Zhao, M.; Sun, T.; Chechik, V.; Yeung, L. K. Acc. Chem. Res., 2001, 34, 181-190.
5. Heilmann, A. Polymer Films with Embedded Metal Nanoparticles, Springer, Berlin, 2003.
6. Ghosh, K.; Maiti, S. N. J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 1996, 55, 323-331.
7. Ramesh, G. V.; Porel, S.; Radhakrishnan, T. P. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2009, 38, 2646-2656.
8. Shang, L.; Wang, Y.; Huang, L.; Dong, S. Langmuir, 2007, 23, 7738-7744.
9. Rifai, S.; Breen, C. A.; Solis, D. J.; Swager, T. M. Chem. Mater., 2006, 18, 21-25.
10. Sakamoto, M.; Tachikawa, T.; Fujitsuka, M.; Majima, T. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2007, 17, 857-862.
11. Silva, A. M. B.; de Araujo, C. B.; Santos-Silva, S.; Galembeck, A. J. Phys. Chem. Solids, 2007, 68, 729-733.
12. Zhang, J.; Gao, Y. Alvarez-Puebla, R. A.; Buriak, J. M.; Fenniri, H. Adv. Mater., 2006, 18, 3233-3237.
13. Porel, S.; Hebalker, N.; Sreedhar, B.; Radhakrishnan, T. P. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2007, 17, 2550-2556.
14. Whittell, G. R.; Hager, M. D.; Schubert, U. S.; Manners, I. Nat. Mater., 2011, 10, 176-188.
15. Mejia, M. L.; Agapiou, K.; Yang, X.; Holliday, B. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2009, 131, 18196-18197.
16. Cheng, J. Y.; Ross, C. A.; Chan, V. Z. –H.; Thomas, E. L.; Lammertink, R. G. H.; Vancso, G. J. Adv. Mater., 2001, 13, 1174-1178.
17. Grubbs, R. B. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Sci., 2005, 43, 4323-4336.
193
18. McKenzie, B. M.; Rowan, S. J. Molecular Recognition and Polymers, ed. V. M. Rotello and S. Thayumanavan, John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2008, ch. 7, pp. 157–178.
19. Fox, J. D.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 6823–6835.
20. Friese, V. A.; Kurth, D. G. Coord. Chem. Rev., 2008, 252, 199–211.
21. Dobrawa, R.; Würthner, F. J. Polym. Sci. Part A Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 4981-4995.
22. Schubert, U. S.; Eschbaumer, C. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2002, 41, 2892-2926.
23. Whittell, G. R.; Manners, I. Adv. Mater., 2007, 19, 3439-3468.
24. Kurth, D. G.; Higuchi, M. Soft Matter., 2006, 2, 915-927.
25. Beck, J. B.; Ineman, J. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2005, 38, 5060-5068.
26. Kumpfer, J. R.; Jin, J.; Rowan, S. J. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 145-151.
27. Kumpfer, J. R.; Wie, J. J.; Swanson, J. P.; Beyer, F. L.; Mackay, M. E.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2012, 45, 473-480.
28. Burnworth, M.; Tang, L.; Kumpfer, J. R.; Duncan, A. J.; Beyer, F. L.; Fiore, G. L.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Nature, 2011, 472, 334-337.
29. He, J.; Ichinose, I.; Kunitake, T.; Nakao, A.; Shiraishi, Y.; Toshima, N. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2003, 125, 11034-11040.
30. Aizawa, M.; Buriak, J. M. Chem. Mater., 2007, 19, 5090-5101.
31. Mariotti, D.; Sankaran, R. M. J. Phys. D, 2010, 43, 323001.
32. Premkumar, P. A.; Starostin, S. A.; de Vries, H.; Paffen, R. M.; Creatore, M.; Eijkemans, T. J.; Koenraad, P. M.; van de Sanden, M. C. M. Plasma Process. Polym., 2009, 6, 693-702.
194
33. Gu, M.; Kilduff, J. E.; Belfort, G. Biomaterials, 2012, 33, 1261-1270.
34. Lee, S. W.; Zmani, H.; Feng, P. X. -L.; Sankaran, R. M. J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B, 2012, 30, 010603-1-5.
35. Lee, S. W.; Liang, D.; Gao, X. P. A; Sankaran, R. M. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2011, 21, 2155-2161.
36. Cong, H.; Porco Jr., J. A. ACS Catal., 2012, 2, 65-70.
37. Serna, P.; Boronat, M.; Corma, A. Top. Catal., 2011, 54, 439-446.
38. Lee, I.; Albiter, M. A.; Zhang, Q.; Ge, J.; Yin, Y.; Zaera, F. Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., 2011, 13, 2449-2456.
39. Liu, Y.; Li, D.; Sun, S. J. Mater. Chem., 2011, 21, 12579-12587.
40. Bhattacharya, R.; Mukherjee, P. Adv. Drug Deliver. Rev., 2008, 60, 1289-1306.
41. Xu, D.; Hawk, J. L.; Loveless, D. M.; Jeon, S. L.; Craig, S. L. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 3556-3565.
42. Feng, K.; Zuniga, C.; Zhang, Y. –D.; Kim, D.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; Brédas, J. L.; Weck, M. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 6855-6864.
43. Wu, P. –T.; Bull, T.; Kim, F. S.; Luscombe, C. K.; Jenekhe, S. A. Macromolecules, 2009, 43, 671-681.
44. Grove, L. J.; Oliver, A. G.; Krause, J. A.; Connick, W. B. Inorg. Chem., 2008, 47, 1408-1410.
45. Field, J. S.; Grimmer, C. D.; Munro, O. Q.; Waldron, B. P. Dalton Trans., 2010, 39, 1558-1567.
46. Du, P.; Schneider, J.; Brennessel, W. W.; Eisenberg, R. Inorg. Chem., 2008, 47, 69- 77.
195
47. Rivera, E. J.; Barbosa, C.; Torres, R.; Grove, L.; Taylor, S.; Connick, W. B.; Clearfield, A.; Colón, J. L. J. Mater. Chem., 2011, 21, 15899-15902.
48. Wang, K.; Haga, M. A.; Monjushiro, H.; Akiba, M.; Sasaki, Y. Inorg. Chem., 2000, 39, 4022-4028.
49. Chiper, M.; Hoogenboom, R.; Schubert, U. S. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2009, 30, 565-578.
50. Kumpfer, J. R.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2011, 133, 12866-12874.
51. Yam, V.W. –W.; Chan, K. H. –Y.; Wong, K.M. –C.; Chu, B.W. –K. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2006, 45, 6169–6173.
52. Tam, A. Y. Y.; Lam, W. H.; Wong, K. M. C.; Zhu, N.; Yam, V. W. W. Chem. Eur. J., 2008, 14, 4562-4576.
53. Bonet, F.; Delmas, V.; Grugeon, S.; Herrera Urbina, R.; Silvert, P. Y.; Tekaia- Elhsissen, K. Nanostruct. Mater., 1999, 11, 1277-1284.
54. Yang, C. H.; Qiu, H. J. Chem. Phys., 1986, 84, 416-423.
55. Price, J. H.; Williamson, A. N.; Schramm, R. F.; Wayland, B. B. Inorg. Chem., 1972, 11, 1280-1284.
196
CHAPTER 7
Self-Assembly of Metallosupramolecular Polymers in
the Melt
7.1 INTRODUCTION
In recent years the study of metallosupramolecular polymers and networks1,2 has received
a great amount of attention, in part, as these materials are known to display stimuli- responsive properties3,4 and have been used in many different applications ranging from
organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs)5,6 to sensors.7,8 The ability to target the location
of the self-assembly has also become an area of interest.9,10 Specifically, investigations at
interfaces have become increasingly studied as interactions at polymer interfaces are
important for a variety of applications including layer adhesion,11-13 compatibilization of
immiscible polymer films and blends,14,15 and electronic devices.16 Examples of
interfacial assembly of metallosupramolecular polymers at liquid-liquid,17 air-liquid,18
and solid-liquid19 interfaces have been reported, however to our knowledge no examples
have yet been reported of self-assembly at a solid-solid interface. To further enhance the knowledge of metallosupramolecular polymer assemblies and develop new interfacial materials, we have investigated the ability to form metallosupramolecular polymer networks using solventless conditions at the solid-solid interface between polymer films.
Overwhelmingly, solution-based methods are used in the formation of the metallosupramolecular polymers primarily with the use of hazardous organic solvents.
While there have been systems designed to form metallosupramolecular polymer in aqueous environments, another advantage of forming metallosupramolecular polymers in the solid-state, while maintaining the desired (functional) properties of the metallosupramolecular polymer, is that it would provide a method of processing with reduced costs and decreases the use of hazardous chemicals.
198
Our approach involves the use of polymers with metal-coordinating ligands on its side-chain. Such systems are already well documented.20-22 In solution, polymers
prepared by Potts and coworkers23 with side-chain terpyridine ligands were found to become insoluble upon the addition of a transition metal-ion such as Fe2+ as metal- coordination yielded highly crosslinked metallosupramolecular networks. In a similar manner, Tew and coworkers24 used Cu2+ metal-ions to create highly inter- and intra- molecularly crosslinked polymers which were insoluble but were found to swell in DMF to form gels.
Using this knowledge, the ability to form crosslinked metallosupramolecular polymer networks at the solid-solid interface was investigated. The proposed method of
solid-state self-assembly is shown in Figure 7.1. Two different polymer matrices, one
containing a polymer with ligand side-chains, and one containing a metal salt are brought
into contact above the Tg of the matrix polymers. This should allow for diffusion of the two self-assembling components and, upon finding the complementary component, metal-coordination should occur in the two layer films. The use of a transition metal-ion,
which binds the ligand in a 2:1 fashion, should result in the formation of a crosslinked
polymer network which will consequently greatly hinder any subsequent diffusion. The
result would be a metallosupramolecular polymer formed close to the interface of the two
layers. This method also allows for the possibility of creating multilayered films where
the third layer is made of the metallosupramolecular polymer network at the interface
between the two layers.
199
Figure 7.1 Schematic representation of self-assembly of a metallosupramolecular network arising from diffusion of a ligand-functionalized polymer and metal-ions in polymer matrices when placed in contact above the matrix’s Tg.
7.2 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
7.2.1 Polymer Synthesis and Characterization
To investigate the potential for self-assembly in a two layer film, a 2,6-bis(N- methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine (Mebip) side-chain functionalized polystyrene was prepared using reversible addition−fragmentation chain transfer polymerization (RAFT) as shown in Figure 7.2. Random copolymers of styrene and 4-vinylbenzyl chloride were targeted and the molar ratio of the two monomers was kept constant for the two
molecular weights studied to keep the volume fraction of side-chain functionalized units consistent. The two different molecular weight polymers were synthesized by stopping the polymerization after either 6 hrs or 24 hrs to yield number average molecular weights
200
(Mn) of ~10,000 g/mol and ~50,000 g/mol with PDIs less than 1.1 (as determined by
GPC; see Figure 7.3) to give polymers 710 and 750 as shown in Figure 7.2a where the subscript 10 or 50 is used to differentiate the two polymers’ molecular weights. Synthesis
of the Mebip side-chain functionalized polymers was carried out by reacting ligand 8
with the two polymers 710 and 750 to yield polymers 910 and 950, respectively (Figure
7.2b).
Figure 7.2 a) Synthesis of random copolymer 7x by RAFT polymerization and b) functionalization with ligand 8 to yield a side-chain functionalized polymer 9x.
201
Figure 7.3 GPC traces of 710 and 750. The molecular weight (Mn) was found to be 10,000 and 50,000 g/mol respectively with PDIs under 1.1 for both.
All polymers were fully characterized by NMR and GPC. A representative 1H
NMR of 950 is shown in Figure 7.4 as the spectra for 910 and 950 are nearly identical. All
of the observed peaks are quite broad, consistent with typical NMR of polymers, and no
clear peaks from the polymer end-groups are apparent so the molecular weight is not able
to be determined by NMR. It should be noted that it is likely that the trithiocarbonate
end-group is cleaved during the reaction of 8 with 7x as the presence of strong bases are
known to result in hydrolysis.25,26 The integrations of the peaks do, however, allow for estimations of the ratio of functionalized to non-functionalized units along the polymer backbone. The ratio of the integration of peak a to peak f (chosen as it is more separated
from the other peaks) suggests ca. 12% of the units are functionalized in 910 and ca. 14% is 950 which is in good agreement with the monomer feed ratio of styrene to 4-
vinylbenzyl chloride (11%). Confirmation of the functionalization of polymers 7x with 8
was determined by investigating the 13C NMR spectra for each polymer. As shown in
202
Figure 7.5 for 950, peaks which would correspond to the CH2 protons from the free ligand, 8, and the benzylic CH2 next to chlorine from any unreacted starting polymer,
750, have disappeared. New peaks corresponding to the Mebip functionalized polymer,
950, can be clearly seen which demonstrates that a large majority if not all of the reactive side-chains in 750 have been functionalized.
1 Figure 7.4 600 MHz H NMR of a) 710 and b) 910 in CDCl3.
203
13 Figure 7.5 100 MHz C NMR of a) 8 (in 9:1 CDCl3:MeOD), b) 710, and c) 910 in CDCl3. No peaks were observed correlating to the unfunctionalized polymer (710) or ligand (8) which provides evidence for complete functionalization.
The thermal stability of the Mebip-functionalized polymers was also investigated
as the materials will be exposed to temperatures >200 °C during the preparation of the
polymer blends and melt pressing during the self-assembly step. Thermogravimetric
analysis (TGA) was used to determine at what temperatures the polymers showed degradation and the temperature limit for use in preparing blends. Figure 7.6a shows the
TGA curve for 710 (750 was found to be identical). Interestingly, two different peaks are
observed as a result of two different degradations. The first, which occurs at ~370 °C, is
204
from the degradation of the benzyl chloride group from the 4-vinylbenzyl chloride units while the rest of the polymer degrades at ~420 °C. The onset of weight loss begins at
~200 °C which is near the desired processing temperature of 210 °C. TGA of 910,
however, shows that functionalization with 8 gives a polymer with only one degradation
peak at ~405 °C with the onset occurring slightly below 300 °C. This result shows that
the functionalized polymers, 9x, are thermally stable at the desired processing
temperatures.
Figure 7.6 Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) of a) 710 and b) 910. Polymer 710 displays two degradation peaks which have an onset temperature of ~200 °C while functionalization to give
910 displays only one thermal decomposition with an onset temperature of ~300 °C.
7.2.2 Self-Assembly in the Melt
In order to study the self-assembly in the melt between two polymer films, 9x was
blended into a polystyrene matrix and Zn(NTf2)2 was blended into a poly(methyl
methacrylate) matrix. Blends were prepared at two different concentrations (10% and
25% by weight) to determine if the loading has any effect on the size or location of the
self-assembly. For all samples, blends were prepared in a twin-screw microcompounder at 210 °C and mixed for 30 mins before extruding. The polymer and metal-containing
205
blends were then melt pressed into films 150 ± 50 µm thick to be used in the two-layer
assembly experiments.
Two-layer control films were created by pressing the 910 or 950 in PS (10% and
25% w/w) films with PMMA without any Zn2+-ions. The formation of metallosupramolecular networks was investigated by pressing films of the same loading
2+ of 9x in PS and Zn in PMMA together at 210 °C with a pressure of 2 metric tons (MTs).
2+ Diffusion of 9x and Zn -ions through the matrix above Tg should result in coordination
of the Zn2+ by the Mebip functionalized polymer. Metal coordination results in a change
in the absorption and emission which can be used to monitor the extent of self-assembly.
Figure 7.7 shows the comparison of the change in the absorption spectra from films
2+ prepared with 9x in PS with either PMMA alone or with PMMA containing Zn -ions.
The two-layer films containing Zn2+ display an increase in the absorbance from 335-375
nm (λmax = 340 nm) and a decrease in the free ligand absorbance at 315 nm. This change
in absorbance matches closely with the previously reported Mebip:Zn2+ complexes in
solution and is consistent with the formation of the metallosupramolecular polymer in the
solid-state.
206
Figure 7.7 UV-vis spectra of two-layer films prepared with 910 in PS with PMMA (black line) or with Zn2+ in PMMA (red line) at a) 10% w/w and b) 25% w/w loading. UV-vis spectra for films 2+ prepared with 950 in PS with PMMA (black line) or with Zn in PMMA (red line) at c) 10% w/w and d) 25% w/w loading.
A change in emission was also observed in the photoluminescence spectra when
compared to the control film. Figure 7.8 shows that metal-coordination results in an
increase in the emission intensity below 500 nm with a slight shift in the λmax of ca. 50
nm to ca. 450 nm. While the fluorescence of the uncomplexed polymer looks different
27 from solution (see Chapter 2), prior work and Chapter 2 have shown that λmax of the
Mebip:Zn2+ complex emission occurs between 400-450 nm. Thus the emission data are
also consistent with the formation of the metallosupramolecular polymer.
There are two possible mechanisms for the formation of the
metallosupramolecular polymers, namely the two components diffuse through the
207 matrices and either complex at the processing temperatures or the metallosupramolecular polymer is only formed upon cooling. Therefore, the emission spectra of a film that has been compression molded and contains the metallosupramolecular polymer was studied at elevated temperatures to see if the metallosupramolecular polymer is present at the processing temperatures. Figure 7.9a shows the unnormalized emission profiles for a
2+ 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (10% w/w) two-layer film. Upon heating above the matrix polymers’ Tgs, the emission intensity decreases as expected from increased molecular collisions, non-radiative transmission, and quenching which occur at elevated
28 temperatures; however, more importantly, the PL spectra and λmax (ca. 450 nm) of the films at elevated temperatures match those of the compression molded films at room temperature (Figure 7.8). Also, no significant change in the peak intensity ratios at ca.
450 nm and 500 nm is observed even at 200 °C (Figure 7.9b), which would be expected if some of the metal complex was converted to free ligand. This suggests that the metallosupramolecular polymers are formed during the processing conditions.
208
Figure 7.8 Photoluminescence spectra of two-layer films prepared with 910 in PS with PMMA (black line) or with Zn2+ in PMMA (red line) at a) 10% w/w and b) 25% w/w loading.
Photoluminescence spectra for films prepared with 950 in PS with PMMA (black line) or with Zn2+ in PMMA (red line) at c) 10% w/w and d) 25% w/w loading.
Figure 7.9 a) Unnormalized and b) normalized variable-temperature PL spectra of a two-layer 2+ film of 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (10% w/w) showing evidence of metal-coordination at 200 °C.
209
Figure 7.10a shows an example of the distinctive change in emission upon
formation of metallosupramolecular polymer. A film of the 10% w/w 910 in PS blend
(left side of the picture) was partially overlapped with a film of 10% w/w Zn2+ in PMMA
(right side of the picture) and, upon pressing the two films together, self-assembly of the
metallosupramolecular polymer occurred in the center, overlapped region. The change in
emission after self-assembly when viewed under UV light (λex = 365 nm) is easily
discernible as shown in Figure 7.10a.
Interestingly, a green colored emission was observed after removing the UV light source which gradually fades after a ~2-3 seconds. It was found that exciting the two-
layer film with a handheld UV lamp (λex = 365 nm) for a short time (~1-2 mins) and then
removing the light source produced this effect. This is thought to be phosphorescence
originating from the metallosupramolecular polymer and, as shown in Figure 7.10b, the
green emission is only located at the overlap in the two films and corresponds to the exact
same area where the increased emission seen in Figure 7.10a is found. Interestingly, this
behavior is not seen in the control films or with any other of the metallosupramolecular
polymer films studied in the previous chapters. Others have demonstrated
phosphorescence of Zn2+ complexes with nitrogen-containing ligands29 in glassy
solutions at low temperatures (ca. 77 K) and have attributed it a 3(π – π*) transition in the
metal-ligand complex.30,31 Others have also observed phosphorescence in Ru3+, Pt2+, and
Ir3+ complexes.30,32,33 The mechanism behind the phosphorescence in our two-layered
system is currently unclear; however based on these prior studies it is consistent with the
metal-ligand complexes being able to be excited into the triplet state. The matrix
polymers seem to play a role as this behavior is not seen in the neat
210
metallosupramolecular polymers discussed previously and may be related to the ability of
34 the matrices to hinder quenching (ex. O2) of the phosphorescent emission.
Figure 7.10 a) Image of the change in emission color and intensity upon formation of a 2+ metallosupramolecular network from 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (10%) (λex = 365 nm; the edge of the film is outlined for clarification). Sample was prepared by only overlapping the films in the center 2+ 2+ to highlight the emission change (left: 910 in PS, middle: 910:PS / Zn :PMMA, right: Zn in PMMA). b) Image of the phosphorescence observed in the same film which is only present at the overlapped area. The phosphorescence disappears after ~3 s (λex = 365 nm).
Information on the rate of the metallosupramolecular polymer formation during
processing of films that have been compression molded for set periods of time was
monitored by UV-vis and PL. It was found that for all polymers and loadings the
absorption and emission showed no change after 5 mins as shown in Figure 7.11. Films pressed for only 1 min displayed similar absorbance and emission to the control films, however films pressed for a total of 5 mins displayed increased absorption from 335-375
nm and emission below 500 nm. Pressing for additional time (10 or 15 mins total)
211
showed no significant changes in the spectra other than slight differences in intensity. All
spectra were corrected for the film thickness, however it is likely that the small changes
in intensity result from the change in the film’s thickness after pressing. Although a small
amount of additional self-assembly after 5 mins may take place, the majority of the
complexation takes place between 1-5 mins. Also, there appears to be no significant difference in the rate of formation between two-layer films prepared with 910 vs 950 or
with differences in loading on the time scales measured, however more detailed
investigation in the 1-5 mins time scale may elucidate subtle differences.
Figure 7.11 Influence of contact time on the self-assembly. a) UV-vis spectra of 910:PS / 2+ 2+ Zn :PMMA (10%), b) PL spectra of 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (10%), c) UV-vis spectra of 950:PS / 2+ 2+ Zn :PMMA (10%), and PL spectra of 950:PS / Zn :PMMA (10%) after different total pressing times which show that the absorbance and emission profile are unchanged after only 5 mins.
212
The data above suggests that the metallosupramolecular polymer is formed during
compression molding. It would be expected that once incorporated into the metallosupramolecular polymer network diffusion of the metal-ion and 9x components
would be greatly reduced. As such, one would expect that the majority of the
metallosupramolecular polymer would be formed close to the PS/PMMA interface. To
study this, confocal microscopy was used as it allows for three-dimensional fluorescence
imaging. The samples were excited at 405 nm and the green colored emission (ca. 450-
600 nm) was monitored during the experiment which should show both the free and
complexed 9x although the complexed species should exhibit higher emission intensity
(Figure 7.8). Scans through the depth of the two layer films gave direct evidence of the
location of the self-assembled polymers. Both an edge-on view and a surface view of all
2+ of the two layer films (9x:PS / Zn :PMMA; 10 and 25% w/w) can be seen in Figure 7.12
with the PMMA layer on top and the PS layer on the bottom. No fluorescence was
observed in the PMMA layer, which confirms that 9x does not diffuse into this layer. The
PS layer does show a faint green emission, likely resulting from a small amount of free ligands still present. However the greatest intensity is observed to be located primarily in the PS layer at the interface of the two different polymer layers. These results are consistent with the hypothesis that the Mebip-functionalized polymer and Zn2+ diffuse to
the interface and, upon coordination, result in a metallosupramolecular network, which
greatly hinders further diffusion.
The three-dimensional scans also allow for observation of the extent of assembly,
i.e. continuous layer vs agglomeration. As shown in Figure 7.12, a large area of the
interfacial surface is covered with the metallosupramolecular polymer network and, as
213
2+ would be expected, at higher starting concentrations of 9x and Zn there is evidence of
more metallosupramolecular polymer formed at the interface. All samples appeared to display a random dispersion of agglomerated self-assembled polymer along the interface.
There are many reasons why we see agglomeration instead of a continuous layer such as too little loading, intramolecular coordination, or even phase separation of the metallosupramolecular polymer from the matrices. It is difficult to examine increased loadings (> 25% w/w) as there already appears to be phase separation between the PS
35 matrix and 9x. It is also likely that intramolecular metal-ion coordination is favorable as
nearby Mebip ligands on the same polymer chain would have less distance to diffuse to
find a metal-ion. It is also possible that the self-assembly behaves analogous to nucleation as self-assembly greatly hinders diffusion of the metallosupramolecular polymer network.
Nonetheless, the formation of a metallosupramolecular polymer at the interface between
two films in the melt has been verified using spectroscopy and confocal microscopy.
214
Figure 7.12 3D images using confocal microscopy to look at the green colored fluorescence (ca.
450-600 nm; λex = 405 nm) which shows intense fluorescence from metallosupramolecular 2+ 2+ polymers a) 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (10% w/w), b) 910:PS / Zn :PMMA (25% w/w), c) 950:PS / 2+ 2+ Zn :PMMA (10% w/w), and d) 950:PS / Zn :PMMA (25% w/w) located at/near the interface between the layers from an edge-on view (top) and surface (bottom). Scanning range is marked for clarity with dimensions 365 x 365 x 100 µm.
7.3 CONCLUSIONS
Compression molding of two polymer films, one a blend of a Mebip side-chain functionalized polystyrene in a PS matrix and the other a blend of Zn(NTf2)2 in PMMA,
above the Tg of the matrix polymers resulted in two-layer films which hava a self- assembled metallosupramolecular polymer network at the polymer-polymer interface.
The degree and rates of self-assembly were monitored spectroscopically, and complexation was found to occur within 5 mins and that higher loading of the assembling components into the polymer matrices yielded higher concentrations of the
215
metallosupramolecular polymer at the interface. The ability to design polymers which
will self-assemble in the solid-state at known locations provides a method of targeted
delivery of substances to the interface and the inherent optoelectronic properties of
metallosupramolecular films could make them interesting in devices.
7.4 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS
7.4.1 Materials
All reagents and solvents were purchased form Aldrich Chemical Co. Styrene and 4-
vinylbenzyl chloride was purified by passing them through neutral alumina. All other reagents were used without further purification. The chain-transfer agent (CTA) used for the RAFT polymerizations was prepared according to a slightly modified literature
36,37 procedure. PMMA VS-100 was supplied by Arkema Inc. Zn(NTf2)2 was prepared according to the literature.38
7.4.2 Instruments
NMR spectra were recorded using a Varian 600 NMR spectrometer. UV-vis absorption
spectra were obtained using a Perkin-Elmer Lambda 800 UV-vis spectrometer scanning in the range of 300-400 nm with an integration time of 0.24 s. Photoluminescence spectra were acquired using an Ocean Optics ACD1000-USB spectrometer (λex = 377 nm)
through the use of a Y-shaped optical fiber in conjunction with a Gel Instrumente AG
hotstage with a TC2 temperature controller with a temperature range of 25 to 200 °C.
Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) experiments were done using a TA Instruments TGA
Q500 under N2 with a heating rate of 10 °C/min. Size exclusion chromatography (SEC)
216
was performed on a Varian ProStar 210/215 equipped with a Varian ProStar 350/352
Refractive Index Detector, a Viscotek Model 270 Dual Detector, and Varian OligoPore
and ResiPore SEC/GPC columns running tetrahydrofuran (THF) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min. Confocal microscopy was done on an Olympus FV1000 filter-based confocal
scan head coupled to an Olympus BX62 upright motorized microscope (Olympus Corp.,
Tokyo, Japan). Four lasers provide a total of six different wavelengths (405, 458, 488,
514.5, 543 and 633 nm), which can be combined into a single beam prior to imaging.
7.4.3 Synthesis of 710
4-cyano-4-(dodecylsulfanylthiocarbonyl)sulfanyl pentanoic acid (CTA) (641.6 mg, 1.6 mmol) and azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) (25.4 mg, 0.15 mmol) were placed in a 50 mL round bottom flask and purged with Ar. Styrene (18.8 mL, 164 mmol) and 4-vinylbenzyl choloride (2.8 mL, 20 mmol) were added by syringe and the flask was again purged with
Ar. The reaction was put through three freeze, pump, thaw cycles and purged once more with Ar before placing in a preheated 70 °C oil bath. The reaction was carried out for 6 hrs before cooling to room temperature. CHCl3 (30 mL) was added to dissolve the
product which was then precipitated out of stirring methanol (2 L). The product was filtered and dried to yield 5.02 g of 710 (25% conversion). Mn = 10,200 g/ml by GPC.
PDI = 1.09.
217
7.4.4 Synthesis of 750
750 was prepared in the same manner with 646.1 mg CTA, 24.3 mg AIBN, 18.8 mL
styrene, 2.8 mL 4-vinylbenzyl chloride, and allowed to polymerize for 24 hrs to yield
11.3 g (56% conversion). Mn = 50,700 g/ml by GPC. PDI = 1.10.
7.4.5 Synthesis of 8
4-hydroxy-2,6-bis(N-methylbenzimidazoyl)pyridine39 (HOMebip, 10.5 g, 30 mmol) and
K2CO3 (16 g, 116 mmol) were suspended in 150 mL dry THF under Ar. 2-bromoethanol
(18.5 g, 148 mmol) was then added while stirring and refluxed at 85 °C for 24 hrs. The reaction was cooled and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The solids were suspended in boiling toluene with stirring and filtered directly from the boiling suspension. The product was recrystallized from toluene, filtered, washed with cold toluene, and dried to
yield 10.35 g of 8 (72%). δH (600 MHz, CDCl3:CD3OD 9:1) 7.42 (s, 2H, Ar), 7.85 (d,
2H, Ar), 7.44 (d, 2H, Ar), 7.36 (t, 2H, Ar), 7.33 (t, 2H, Ar), 4.24 (t, 2H, -OCH2-), 4.21 (s,
6H, -NCH3), 4.02 (t, 2H, -OCH2CH2OH); δC (100 MHz, CDCl3:CD3OD 90:10) 166.5,
150.5, 149.9, 141.7, 123.8, 125.2, 123.1, 119.5, 111.8, 110.1, 70.2, 60.2, 32.4.
218
1 Figure 7.13 600 MHz H NMR of 8 in CDCl3:CD3OD 9:1.
13 Figure 7.14 100 MHz C NMR of 8 in CDCl3:CD3OD 9:1.
219
Figure 7.15 Nanostructured Array Laser Desorption/Ionization (NALDI) spectrum of 8 [M+H].
7.4.6 Synthesis of 910
8 (522.6 mg, mmol), 18-crown-6 (687.6 mg, mmol), and sodium hydride (60 mg) were suspended in 125 mL dry THF and purged with Ar. 710 (4.93 g, mmol) was added and the
reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 hrs. The THF was removed in vacuo, the
product dissolved in 20 mL of CHCl3 and precipitated out of stirring methanol (2 L). The solid was filtered and dried to give 4.45 g of 910 (90%).
7.4.7 Synthesis of 950
950 was prepared in the same manner with 1.00 g 8, 1.42 g 18-crown-6, 120 mg sodium
hydride, and 10.13 g 750 to yield 9.9 g of product (93%).
220
7.4.8 Preparation of Blends
Blends were prepared using a DSM Research Micro5 microextruder by mixing 10 or 25
% by weight of 910 and 950 with PS or Zn(NTf2)2 with PMMA. Samples were mixed at
210 °C and 100 rpm for 30 mins before collecting.
7.4.9 Example Two-Layer Assembly
Films of the extruded material were pressed at 210 °C using a Carver hydraulic
laboratory press at 5 metric tons. A PS film containing 10% w/w 910 was placed on top of
a PMMA containing 10% w/w Zn2+ and pressed together using the hydraulic press. Films
were compressed at 210 °C and a pressure of 2 metric tons as it produced the best looking films, however it should be noted that self-assembly occurs even with no pressure.
7.5 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This material is based upon work supported by the National Science Foundation under
Grants CHE-0704026, and DMR-0602869, the Case School of Engineering and the Kent
H. Smith Charitable Trust. Special thanks to David Hovis and the Swagelok Center for
Surface Analysis of Materials for imaging help with the confocal microscopy.
7.6 REFERENCES
1. Chiper, M.; Hoogenboom, R.; Schubert, U. S. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2009, 30, 565-578.
2. Whittell, G. R.; Manners, I. Adv. Mater., 2007, 19, 3439-3468.
221
3. McKenzie, B. M.; Rowan, S. J. Molecular Recognition and Polymers, ed. Rotello, V. M.; Thayumanavan, S. John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2008, ch. 7, pp. 157–178.
4. Whittell, G. R.; Hager, M. D.; Schubert, U. S.; Manners, I. Nat. Mater., 2011, 10, 176- 188.
5. Wu, F. –I.; Yang, X. –H.; Neher, D.; Dodda, R.; Tseng, Y. –H.; Shu, C. –F. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2007, 17, 1786-1798.
6. Burnworth, M. Mendez, J. D.; Schroeter, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Macromolecules, 2008, 41, 2157-2163.
7. Holliday, B. J.; Stanford, T. B.; Swager, T. M. Chem. Mater., 2006, 18, 5649-5651.
8. Kumpfer, J. R.; Jin, J.; Rowan, S. J. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 145–151.
9. Ariga, K.; Hill, J. P.; Lee, M. V.; Vinu, A.; Charvet, R.; Acharya, S. Sci. Technol. Adv. Mater., 2008, 9, 014109.
10. Krishnaswamy, R.; Sood, A. K. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 3539-3552.
11. Laurila, T.; Vuorinen, V.; Mattila, T. T.; Turunen, M.; Paulasto-Kröckel, M.; Kivilahti, J. K. Interfacial Compatibility in Microelectronics, Springer-Verlag, London, 2012, Chap. 5, 101-133.
12. Davey, R. J.; Williams-Seton, L.; Lieberman, H. F.; Blagden, N. Nature, 1999, 402, 797-799.
13. Zhang, J.; Lodge, T. P.; Macosko, C. W. J. Polym. Sci. Part B: Polym. Phys., 2009, 47, 2313-2319.
14. Wang, D.; Fujinami, S.; Liu, H.; Nakajima, K.; Nishi, T. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 5521-5523.
15. Jiang, G.; Wu, H.; Guo, S. Polym. Eng. Sci., 2010, 50, 2273-2286.
222
16. Peet, J.; Senatore, M. L.; Heeger, A. J.; Baan, G. C. Adv. Mater., 2009, 21, 1521- 1527.
17. Puigmarti-Luis, J.; Rubio-Martínez, M.; Hartfelder, U.; Imaz, I.; Maspoch, D.; Dittrich, P. S. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2011, 133, 4216-4219.
18. Lehmann, P.; Symietz, C.; Brezesinski, G.; Krass, H.; Kurth, D. G. Langmuir, 2005, 21, 5901-5906.
19. Krass, H.; Papastavrou, G.; Kurth, D. G. Chem. Mater., 2003, 15, 196-203.
20. Pollino, J. M.; Weck, M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2005, 34, 193-207.
21. Aamer, K. A.; Tew, G. N. Macromolecules, 2007, 40, 2737-2744.
22. Carlise, J. R.; Weck, M. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Pol. Chem., 2004, 42, 2973-2984.
23. Potts, K. T.; Usifer, D. A. Macromolecules, 1988, 21, 1985-1991.
24. Tew, G. N.; Aamer, K. A.; Shunmugam, R. Polymer, 2005, 46, 8440-8447.
25. Lima, V.; Jiang, X.; Brokken-Zijp, J.; Schoenmakers, P. J.; Klumperman, B.; van der Linde, R. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 959-973.
26. Barner, L.; Perrier, S. Handbook of RAFT Polymerization. Ed. Barner-Kowollik, C., Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co., KGaA, Weinheim, 2008.
27. Beck, J. B.; Ineman, J. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2005, 38, 5060-5068.
28. Kumar Rai, V. Appl. Phys. B., 2007, 88, 297-303.
29. Liu, Q. –D.; Wang, R.; Wang, S. Dalton Trans., 2004, 2073-2079.
30. Bose, D.; Rahaman, S. H.; Mostafa, G.; Bailey Walsh, R. D.; Zaworotko, M. J.; Ghosh, B. K. Polyhedron, 2004, 23, 545-552.
223
31. Ho, K. –Y.; Yu, W. –Y.; Cheung, K. –K.; Che, C. –M. Dalton Trans., 1999, 1581- 1586.
32. Diring, S.; Ziessel, R.; Barigelletti, F.; Barbieri, A.; Ventura, B. Chem. Eur. J., 2010, 16, 9226-9236.
33. Zhao, Q.; Liu, S. –J.; Huang, W. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2010, 31, 794-807.
34. Xie, Z.; Ma, L.; deKrafft, K. E.; Jin, A.; Lin, W. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2010, 132, 922- 923.
35. Hanabusa, K.; Nakano, K.; Koyama, T.; Shirai, H.; Hojo, N.; Kurose, A. Makromol. Chem., 1990, 191, 391-396.
36. Weber, W. G.; McLeary, J. B.; Sanderson, R. D. Tetrahedron Lett., 2006, 47, 4771- 4774.
37. Moad, G.; Chong, Y. K.; Postma, A.; Rizzardo, E.; Thang, S. H. Polymer, 2005, 46, 8458-8468.
38. Nie, J.; Kobayashi, H.; Sonoda, T. Catal. Today, 1997, 36, 81–84.
39. Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J. Faraday Discuss., 2005, 128, 43-53.
224
Bibliography
Aamer, K. A.; Tew, G. N. Macromolecules, 2007, 40, 2737-2744.
Abe, T.; Itakura, T.; Ikeda, N.; Shinozaki, K. Dalton Trans., 2009, 4, 711-715.
Adarsh, N.N.; Dastidar, P. Cryst. Growth. Des., 2011, 11, 328–336.
Ahn, S.; Deshmukh, P.; Kasi, R. M. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 7330–7340.
Aida, T.; Meijer, E. W.; Stupp, S. I. Science, 2012, 335, 813-817.
Aizawa, M.; Buriak, J. M. Chem. Mater., 2007, 19, 5090-5101.
Anderson, B. M.; Hurst, S. K. Eur. J. Inorg. Chem., 2009, 21, 3041-3054.
Appel, W. P. J.; Nieuwenhuizen, M. M. L.; Meijer, E. W. Multiple Hydrogen-Bonded Supramolecular Polymers, in Supramolecular Polymer Chemistry, ed. Harada, A.; Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim, Germany, 2011.
Ariga, K.; Hill, J. P.; Lee, M. V.; Vinu, A.; Charvet, R.; Acharya, S. Sci. Technol. Adv. Mater., 2008, 9, 014109.
Armstrong, G.; Buggy, M. J. Mater. Sci., 2005, 40, 547–559.
Astruc, D.; Boisselier, E.; Ornelas, C. Chem. Rev., 2010, 110, 1857-1959.
Astruc, D.; Chardac, F. Chem. Rev., 2001, 101, 2991-3024.
Barner, L.; Perrier, S. Handbook of RAFT Polymerization. Ed. Barner-Kowollik, C., Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co., KGaA, Weinheim, 2008.
Batabyal, S. K.; Leong, W. L.; Vittal, J. J. Langmuir, 2010, 26, 7464–7468.
Beck, J. B.; Ineman, J. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2005, 38, 5060-5068.
226
Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J. Faraday Discuss., 2005, 128, 43-53.
Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2003, 125, 13922– 13923.
Behl, M.; Razzaq, M. Y.; Lendlein, A. Adv. Mater., 2010, 22, 3388–3410.
Beiermann, B. A.; Kramer, S. L. B.; Moore, J. S.; White, S. R.; Sottos, N. R. ACS Macro Lett., 2012, 1, 163-166.
Bender, J. L.; Corbin, P. S.; Fraser, C. L.; Metcalf, D. H.; Richardson, F. S.; Thomas, E. L.; Urbas, A. M. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2002, 124, 8526–8527.
Bhattacharya, R.; Mukherjee, P. Adv. Drug Deliver. Rev., 2008, 60, 1289-1306.
Binder, W. H.; Zirbs, R. Adv. Polym. Sci., 2007, 207, 1–78.
Binnemans, K. Liquid-crystalline lanthanide complexes in Inorganic Chemistry in Focus II, ed. Meyer, G.; Naumann, D.; Wesemann, L. Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2005, ch. 15, pp. 267–291.
Binnemans, K.; Goerller-Walrand, C. Chem. Rev., 2002, 102, 2303–2345.
Bonet, F.; Delmas, V.; Grugeon, S.; Herrera Urbina, R.; Silvert, P. Y.; Tekaia-Elhsissen, K. Nanostruct. Mater., 1999, 11, 1277-1284.
Bonnet, S.; Collin, J. –P.; Gruber, N.; Sauvage, J. –P.; Schofield, E. R. Dalton Trans., 2003, 4654-4662.
Bose, D.; Rahaman, S. H.; Mostafa, G.; Bailey Walsh, R. D.; Zaworotko, M. J.; Ghosh, B. K. Polyhedron, 2004, 23, 545-552.
Bouteiller, L. Adv. Polym. Sci., 2007, 207, 79–112.
227
Buckley, P. R.; McKinley, G. H.; Wilson, T. S.; Small, W., IV; Benett, W. J.; Bearinger, J. P.; McElfresh, M. W.; Maitland, D. J. IEEE Trans. Bio-Med. Electron., 2006, 53, 2075–2083.
Bünzli, J. -C. G.; Piguet, C. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2005, 34, 1048–1077.
Burattini, S.; Colquhoun, H. M.; Fox, J. D.; Friedmann, D.; Greenland, B. W.; Harris, P. J. F.; Hayes, W.; Mackay, M. E.; Rowan, S. J. Chem. Commun., 2009, 6717-6719.
Burnworth, M. Mendez, J. D.; Schroeter, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Macromolecules, 2008, 41, 2157-2163.
Burnworth, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Chem. Eur. J., 2007, 13, 7828–7836.
Burnworth, M.; Tang, L.; Kumpfer, J. R.; Duncan, A. J.; Beyer, F. L.; Fiore, G. L.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Nature, 2011, 472, 334-337.
Carlise, J. R.; Weck, M. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Chem., 2004, 42, 2973-2984.
Che, C. M.; Fu, W. F.; Lai, S. W.; Hou, Y. J.; Liu, Y. L. Chem. Commun., 2003, 118-119.
Chen, C. -C.; Dormidontova, E. E. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 14972–14978.
Chen, M.; Xing, X.; Liu, Z.; Zhu, Y.; Liu, H.; Yu, Y.; Cheng, F. Appl. Phys. A: Mater. Sci. Process., 2010, 100, 39–43.
Chen, S.; Cao, Q.; Jing, B.; Cai, Y.; Liu, P.; Hu, J. J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 2006, 102, 5224– 5231.
Chen, S.; Hu, J.; Liu, Y.; Liem, H.; Zhu, Y.; Liu, Y. J. Polym. Sci., Part B: Polym. Phys., 2007, 45, 444–454.
Chen, S.; Hu, J.; Zhuo, H.; Yuen, C.; Chan, L. Polymer, 2010, 51, 240–248.
228
Cheng, J. Y.; Ross, C. A.; Chan, V. Z. –H.; Thomas, E. L.; Lammertink, R. G. H.; Vancso, G. J. Adv. Mater., 2001, 13, 1174-1178.
Cheong, S.; Watt, J. D.; Tilley, R. D. Nanoscale, 2010, 2, 2045-2053.
Chiper, M.; Hoogenboom, R.; Schubert, U. S. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2009, 30, 565-578.
Chow, C. F.; Fujii, S.; Lehn, J. –M. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2007, 46, 5007-5010.
Chow, C. F.; Fujii, S.; Lehn, J. –M. Chem. Asian J., 2008, 3, 1324-1335.
Chung, S. K.; Tseng, Y. R.; Chen, C. Y.; Sun, S. S. Inorg. Chem., 2011, 50, 2711-2713.
Ciferri, A. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2002, 23, 511–529.
Cong, H.; Porco Jr., J. A. ACS Catal., 2012, 2, 65-70.
Connick, W. B.; Marsh, R. E.; Schaefer, W. P.; Gray, H. B. Inorg. Chem., 1997, 36, 913- 922.
Courtois, J.; Baroudi, I.; Nouvel, N.; Degrandi, E.; Pensen, S.; Ducouret, G.; Chanéac, C.; Bouteiller, L.; Creton, C. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2010, 20, 1803–1811.
Crooks, R. M.; Zhao, M.; Sun, T.; Chechik, V.; Yeung, L. K. Acc. Chem. Res., 2001, 34, 181-190.
Curry, R. J.; Gillin, W. P. Curr. Opin. Solid State Mater. Sci., 2001, 5, 481–486.
Dai, J.; Bruening, M. L. Nano Lett. 2002, 2, 497-501.
Davey, R. J.; Williams-Seton, L.; Lieberman, H. F.; Blagden, N. Nature, 1999, 402, 797- 799.
229
De Greef, T. F. A.; Smulders, M. M. J.; Wolffs, M.; Schenning, A. P. H. J.; Sijbesma, R. P.; Meijer, E. W. Chem. Rev., 2009, 109, 5687–5754.
Develay, S.; Williams, J. A. G. Dalton Trans., 2008, 34, 4562-4564.
Diring, S.; Ziessel, R.; Barigelletti, F.; Barbieri, A.; Ventura, B. Chem. Eur. J., 2010, 16, 9226-9236.
Dobrawa, R.; Würthner, F. J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 4981–4995.
Du, P. Inorg. Chim. Acta, 2010, 363, 1355-1358.
Du, P.; Schneider, J.; Brennessel, W. W.; Eisenberg, R. Inorg. Chem., 2008, 47, 69-77.
Eisenbach, C. D.; Schubert, U. S. Macromolecules, 1993, 26, 7372-7374.
Elkins, C. L.; Park, T.; Mckee, M. G.; Long, T. E. J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 4618–4631.
Eryazici, I.; Moorefield, C. N.; Newkome, G. R. Chem. Rev., 2008, 108, 1834-1895.
Escande, A.; Guénée, L.; Buchwalder, K. -L.; Piguet, C. Inorg. Chem., 2009, 48, 1132– 1147.
Fages, F. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2006, 45, 1680-1682.
Feng, K.; Zuniga, C.; Zhang, Y. –D.; Kim, D.; Barlow, S.; Marder, S. R.; Brédas, J. L.; Weck, M. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 6855-6864.
Ferry, J. D. Viscoelastic Properties of Polymers, 3rd ed.; John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: New York, 1980.
230
Field, J. S.; Grimmer, C. D.; Munro, O. Q.; Waldron, B. P. Dalton Trans., 2010, 39, 1558-1567.
Field, J. S.; Haines, R. J.; Ledwaba, L. P.; McGuire Jr., R.; Munro, O. Q.; Low, M. R.; McMillin, D. R. Dalton Trans., 2007, 2, 192-199.
Fluegel, A.;Varshneya,A.K.; Earl,D.A.; Seward,T. P.; Oksoy, D. Ceram. Trans., 2005, 170, 129–143.
Forniés, J.; Fuertes, S.; López, J. A.; Martín, A.; Sicilia, V. Inorg. Chem., 2008, 47, 7166- 7176.
Fox, J. D.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 6823–6835.
Friese, V. A.; Kurth, D. G. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 2008, 252, 199-211.
Friese, V. A.; Kurth, D. G. Curr. Opin. Colloid Interface Sci., 2009, 14, 81–93.
Fustin, C. –A.; Guillet, P.; Schubert, U. S.; Gohy, J. –F. Adv. Mater., 2007, 19, 1665- 1673.
Gasnier, A.; Royal, G.; Terech, P. Langmuir, 2009, 25, 8751-8762.
Ghosh, K.; Maiti, S. N. J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 1996, 55, 323-331.
Godlewska, P.; Macalik, L.; Hanuza, J. J. Alloys Compd., 2008, 451, 236–239.
Grondin, P.; Roubeau, O.; Castro, M.; Saadaoui, H.; Colin, A.; Clérac, R. Langmuir, 2010, 26, 5184–5195.
Grove, L. J.; Oliver, A. G.; Krause, J. A.; Connick, W. B. Inorg. Chem., 2008, 47, 1408- 1410.
231
Grove, L. J.; Rennekamp, J. M.; Jude, H.; Connick, W. B. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 1594-1595.
Grubbs, R. B. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Sci., 2005, 43, 4323-4336.
Gu, M.; Kilduff, J. E.; Belfort, G. Biomaterials, 2012, 33, 1261-1270.
Guan, Y.; Cao, Y.; Peng, Y.; Xu, J.; Chen, A. S. C. Chem. Commun., 2001, 1694–1695.
Guillet, P.; Fustin, C. –A.; Lohmeijer, B. G. G.; Schubert, U. S.; Gohy, J. –F. Macromolecules, 2006, 39, 5484-5488.
Gunnlaugsson, T.; Leonard, J. P. Chem. Commun., 2005, 3114–3131.
Hammond, M. R.; Andreopoulou, A. K.; Pefkianakis, E.; Kallitsis, J. K.; Mezzenga, R. Chem. Mater., 2009, 21, 2169-2172.
Han, S.-I.; Gu, B. H.; Nam, K. H.; Im, S. J.; Kim, S. C.; Im, S. S. Polymer, 2007, 48, 1830–1834.
Hanabusa, K.; Nakano, K.; Koyama, T.; Shirai, H.; Hojo, N.; Kurose, A. Makromol. Chem., 1990, 191, 391-396.
Handl, H. L.; Gillies, R. J. Life Sci., 2005, 77, 361–371.
Harada, A.; Takashima, Y.; Yamaguchi, H. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2009, 38, 875–882.
He, J.; Ichinose, I.; Kunitake, T.; Nakao, A.; Shiraishi, Y.; Toshima, N. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2003, 125, 11034-11040.
Heilmann, A. Polymer Films with Embedded Metal Nanoparticles, Springer, Berlin, 2003.
232
Herbst, F.; Schröter, K.;Gunkel, I.;Gröger, S.; Thurn-Albrecht,T.; Balbach, J.; Binder, W. H. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 10006–10016.
Ho, K. –Y.; Yu, W. –Y.; Cheung, K. –K.; Che, C. –M. Dalton Trans., 1999, 1581-1586.
Hofmeier, H.; Schubert, U. S. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2004, 33, 373–399.
Holliday, B. J.; Stanford, T. B.; Swager, T. M. Chem. Mater., 2006, 18, 5649-5651.
Holyer, R. H.; Hubbard, C. D.; Kettle, S. F. A.; Wilkins, R. G. Inorg. Chem., 1966, 5, 622-625.
Hoogenboom, R.; Schubert, U. S. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2006, 35, 622-629.
Houlding, V. H.; Miskowski, V. M. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 1991, 111, 145-152.
Hsu, L.; Weder, C.; Rowan, S. J. J. Mater. Chem., 2011, 21, 2812–2822.
Huang, W. M. Open Med. Devices J., 2010, 2, 11–19.
Hudson, Z. M.; Sun, C.; Harris, K. J.; Lucier, B. E. G.; Schurko, R. W.; Wang, S. Inorg. Chem., 2011, 50, 3447-3457.
Ilavsky, J.; Jemian, P. R. J. Appl. Cyrstallogr., 2009, 42, 347.
Ishida, K.; Yoshie, N. Macromolecules, 2008, 41, 4753–4757.
Iyer, P.; Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Chem. Commun., 2005, 3, 319–321.
Ji, Z.; Li, Y.; Pritchett, T. M.; Makarov, N. S.; Haley, J. E.; Li, Z.; Drobizhev, M.; Rebane, A.; Sun, W. Chem. Eur. J., 2011, 17, 2479-2491.
Jiang, G.; Wu, H.; Guo, S. Polym. Eng. Sci., 2010, 50, 2273-2286.
233
Jiang, H.; Kelch, S.; Lendlein, A. Adv. Mater., 2006, 18, 1471–1475.
Kade, M. J.; Burke, D. J.; Hawker, C. J. J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 2010, 48, 743–750.
Kato, M. Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 2007, 80, 287-294.
Kawano, S.; Fujita, N.; Shinkai, S. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 8592–8593.
Kelch, S.; Rehahn, M. Macromolecules, 1999, 32, 5818-5828.
Kido, J.; Okamoto, Y. Chem. Rev., 2002, 102, 2357–2368.
Kim, H. -J.; Lee, J. -H.; Lee, M. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2005, 44, 5810–5814.
Kim, H. -J.; Lim, Y. -B.; Lee, M. J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 2008, 46, 1925– 1935.
Kim, H. -J.; Zin W. -C.; Lee, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 7009–7014.
Kishimura, A.; Yamashita, T.; Yamaguchi, K.; Aida, T. Nature Mater., 2005, 4, 546-549.
Kishimura, A.; Yamishita, T.; Aida, T. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 126, 179–183.
Knapton, D.; Burnworth, M.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2006, 45, 5825–5829.
Knapton, D.; Rowan, S. J.; Weder, C. Macromolecules, 2006, 39, 651–657.
Kobayashi, A.; Fukuzawa, Y.; Noro, S. I.; Nakamura, T.; Kato, M. Chem. Lett., 2009, 38, 998-999.
234
Koerner, H.; Price, G.; Pearce, N. A.; Alexander, M.; Vaia, R. A. Nat. Mater., 2004, 3, 115–120.
Kozhevnikov, V. N.; Donnio, B.; Bruce, D. W. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2008, 47, 6286- 6289.
Krass, H.; Papastavrou, G.; Kurth, D. G. Chem. Mater., 2003, 15, 196-203.
Krishnaswamy, R.; Sood, A. K. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 3539-3552.
Kumar Rai, V. Appl. Phys. B., 2007, 88, 297-303.
Kumpfer, J. R.; Jin, J.; Rowan, S. J. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 145-151.
Kumpfer, J. R.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2011, 133, 12866-12874.
Kumpfer, J. R.; Wie, J. J.; Swanson, J. P.; Beyer, F. L.; Mackay, M. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2012, 45, 473-480.
Kunzelman, J.; Chung, T.; Mather, P. T.; Weder, C. J. Mater. Chem., 2008, 18, 1082– 1086.
Kunzelman, J.; Gupta, M.; Crenshaw, B. R.; Schiraldi, D. A.; Weder, C. Macromol. Mater. Eng., 2009, 294, 244-249.
Kuriki, K.; Koike Y.; Okamoto, Y. Chem. Rev., 2002, 102, 2347–2356.
Kuroiwa, K.; Shibata, T.; Takada, A.; Nemoto, N.; Kimizuka, N. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 2016–2021.
Kurth, D. G.; Higuchi, M. Soft Matter., 2006, 2, 915-927.
235
Kushner, A. M.; Vossler, J. D.; Williams, G. A.; Guan, Z. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2009, 131, 8766–8768.
Lahn, B.; Rehahn, M. Macromol. Symp., 2001, 163, 157-176.
Larson, R. G. Constitutive Equations for Polymer Melts and Solutions; Butterworths: Boston, 1988.
Laurila, T.; Vuorinen, V.; Mattila, T. T.; Turunen, M.; Paulasto-Kröckel, M.; Kivilahti, J. K. Interfacial Compatibility in Microelectronics, Springer-Verlag, London, 2012, Chap. 5, 101-133.
Lee, I.; Albiter, M. A.; Zhang, Q.; Ge, J.; Yin, Y.; Zaera, F. Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., 2011, 13, 2449-2456.
Lee, J. H.; Lee, H.; Seo, S.; Jaworski, J.; Seo, M. L.; Kang, S.; Lee, J. Y.; Jung, J. H. New J. Chem., 2011, 35, 1054–1059.
Lee, J. -S.; Cho, J.; Lee, C.; Kim, I.; Park, J.; Kim, Y. -M.; Shin, H.; Lee, J.; Caruso, F. Nat. Nanotechnol., 2007, 2, 790-795.
Lee, S. W.; Liang, D.; Gao, X. P. A; Sankaran, R. M. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2011, 21, 2155- 2161.
Lee, S. W.; Zmani, H.; Feng, P. X. -L.; Sankaran, R. M. J. Vac. Sci. Technol. B, 2012, 30, 010603-1-5.
Lehmann, P.; Symietz, C.; Brezesinski, G.; Krass, H.; Kurth, D. G. Langmuir, 2005, 21, 5901-5906.
Lehn, J. -M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2007, 36, 151–160.
Lehn, J. -M. Prog. Polym. Sci., 2005, 30, 814–831.
236
Lendlein, A.; Jiang, H.; Jünger, O.; Langer, R. Nature, 2005, 434, 879–882.
Lendlein, A.; Kelch, S. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2002, 41, 2034–2057.
Lendlein, A.; Shastri, V. P. Adv. Mater., 2010, 22, 3344–3347.
Leng, J.; Lan, X.; Liu, Y.; Du, S. Prog. Mater. Sci., 2011, 56, 1077–1135.
Leng, J.; Wu, X.; Liu, Y. J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 2009, 114, 2455–2460.
Leng, J.; Zhang, D.; Liu, Y.; Yu, K.; Lan, X. Appl. Phys. Lett., 2010, 96, 111905/1– 111905/3.
Li, J.; Viveros, A.; Wrue, M. H.; Anthamatten, M. Adv. Mater., 2007, 19, 2851–2855.
Li, K.; Chen, Y.; Lu, W.; Zhu, N.; Che, C. M. Chem. Eur. J., 2011, 17, 4109-4112.
Li, X. H.; Wu, L. Z.; Zhang, L. P.; Tung, C. H.; Che, C. M. Chem. Commun., 2001, 2280-2281.
Li, Z.; Djohari, H.; Dormidontova, E. E. J. Chem. Phys., 2010, 133, 184904-1-9.
Lima, V.; Jiang, X.; Brokken-Zijp, J.; Schoenmakers, P. J.; Klumperman, B.; van der Linde, R. J. Polym. Sci. Part A: Polym. Chem., 2005, 43, 959-973.
Lis, S. J. Alloys Compd., 2002, 341, 45–50.
Liu, C.; Qin, H.; Mather, P. T. J. Mater. Chem., 2007, 17, 1543–1558.
Liu, G.; Ding, X.; Cao, Y.; Zheng, Z; Peng, Y. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2005, 26, 649-652.
Liu, J.; Chen, G.; Goo, M.; Jiang, M. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 8086–8093.
237
Liu, Q. –D.; Wang, R.; Wang, S. Dalton Trans., 2004, 2073-2079.
Liu, Y.; Li, D.; Sun, S. J. Mater. Chem., 2011, 21, 12579-12587.
Lott, J.; Weder, C. Macromol. Chem. Phys., 2010, 211, 28-34.
Loveless, D. M.; Jeon, S. L.; Craig, S. L. J. Mater. Chem., 2007, 17, 56-61.
Lu, H.; Liu, Y.; Leng, J.; Du, S. Smart Mater. Struct., 2009, 18, 1–5.
Lu, W.; Mi, B. X.; Chan, M. C. W.; Hui, Z.; Che, C. M.; Zhu, N.; Lee, S. T. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 4958-4971.
Mariotti, D.; Sankaran, R. M. J. Phys. D, 2010, 43, 323001.
Mather, P. T.; Luo, X.; Rousseau, I. A. Annu. Rev. Mater. Res., 2009, 39, 445–471.
Mathew, I.; Sun, W. Dalton Trans., 2010, 39, 5885-5898.
Matsumoto, S.; Yamaguchi, S.; Ueno, S.; Komatsu, H.; Ikeda, M.; Ishizuka, K.; Iko, Y.; Tabata, K. V.; Aoki, H.; Ito, S.; Noji, H.; Hamachi, I. Chem. Eur. J., 2008, 14, 3977– 3986.
McKenzie, B. M.; Rowan, S. J. Molecular Recognition and Polymers, ed. Rotello, V. M.; Thayumanavan, S. John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, NJ, 2008, ch. 7, pp. 157–178.
Mejia, M. L.; Agapiou, K.; Yang, X.; Holliday, B. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2009, 131, 18196-18197.
Mendes, P. M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2008, 37, 2512–2529.
Meng, Q. H.; Hu, J. L. Composites, Part A, 2009, 40, 1661–1672.
238
Meng, Q. H.; Hu, J. L.; Zhu, Y.; Lu, J.; Liu, Y. Smart Mater. Struct., 2007, 16, 1192– 1197.
Merline, J. D.; Nair, C. P. R.; Gouri, C.; Shrisudha, T.; Ninan, K. N. J. Mater. Sci., 2007, 42, 5897–5902.
Mes, T.; Smulders, M. M. J.; Palmans, A. R. A.; Meijer, E. W. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 1981–1991.
Meudtner, R. M.; Hecht, S. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2008, 29, 347-351.
Meudtner, R. M.; Ostermeier, M.; Goddard, R.; Limberg, C.; Hecht, S. Chem. Eur. J., 2007, 13, 9834- 9840.
Miskowski, V. M.; Houlding, V. H. Inorg. Chem., 1989, 28, 1529-1533.
Moad, G.; Chong, Y. K.; Postma, A.; Rizzardo, E.; Thang, S. H. Polymer, 2005, 46, 8458-8468.
Moughton, A. O.; O’Reilly, R. K. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2010, 31, 37–52.
Muro, M. L.; Daws, C. A.; Castellano, F. N. Chem. Commun., 2008, 6134-6136.
Murphy, L.; Williams, J. A. G. Top. Organomet. Chem., 2010, 28, 75-111.
Nair, K. P.; Breedveld, V.; Weck, M. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 3346–3357.
Naito, K.; Hieda, H.; Sakurai, M.; Kamata, Y.; Asakawa, K. IEEE Trans. Magn., 2002, 38, 1949-1951.
Ng, W.; Gong, X.; Chan, W. K. Chem. Mater., 1999, 11, 1165-1170.
Ni, J.; Zhang, L. Y.; Wen, H. M.; Chen, Z. N. Chem. Commun., 2009, 3801-3803.
239
Ni, J.; Zhang, X.; Wu, Y. H.; Zhang, L.Y.; Chen, Z. N. Chem. Eur. J., 2011, 17, 1171- 1183.
Nie, J.; Kobayashi, H.; Sonoda, T. Catal. Today, 1997, 36, 81–84.
Nishiyama, N.; Kato, Y.; Sugiyama, Y.; Kataoka, K. Pharm. Res., 2001, 18, 1035-1041.
Parrinello, G.; Stille, J. K. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1987, 109, 7122-7127.
Paulusse, J. M. J.; Huijbers, J. P. J.; Sijbesma, R. P. Chem. Eur. J., 2006, 12, 4928-4934.
Paulusse, J. M. J.; van Beek, D. J. M.; Sijbesma, R. P. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 15802–15808.
Paulusse, J. M. J.; van Beek, D. J. M.; Sijbesma, R. P. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2007, 129, 2392-2397.
Paw, W.; Cummings, S. D.; Mansour, M. A.; Connick, W. B.; Geiger, D. K.; Eisenberg, R. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 1998, 171, 125-150.
Payne, S. J.; Fiore, G. L.; Fraser, C. L.; Demas, J. N. Anal. Chem., 2010, 82, 917-921.
Peet, J.; Senatore, M. L.; Heeger, A. J.; Baan, G. C. Adv. Mater., 2009, 21, 1521-1527.
Petoud, S.; Bünzli, J. -C. G.; Glanzman, T.; Piguet, C.; Xiang, Q.; Thummel, P. J. Lumin., 1999, 82, 69–79.
Piermattei, A.; Karthikeyan, S.; Sijbesma, R. P. Nat. Chem., 2009, 1, 133-137.
Piguet, C.; Bünzli, J.- C. G.; Bernardinelli, G.; Hopfgartner, G.; Williams, A. F. J. Alloys Compd., 1995, 225, 324–330.
240
Piguet, C.; Williams, A. F.; Bernardinelli, G.; Bünzli, J. -C. G. Inorg. Chem., 1993, 32, 4139–4149.
Pollino, J. M.; Weck, M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2005, 34, 193-207.
Porel, S.; Hebalker, N.; Sreedhar, B.; Radhakrishnan, T. P. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2007, 17, 2550-2556.
Potts, K. T.; Usifer, D. A. Macromolecules, 1988, 21, 1985-1991.
Premkumar, P. A.; Starostin, S. A.; de Vries, H.; Paffen, R. M.; Creatore, M.; Eijkemans, T. J.; Koenraad, P. M.; van de Sanden, M. C. M. Plasma Process. Polym., 2009, 6, 693- 702.
Price, J. H.; Williamson, A. N.; Schramm, R. F.; Wayland, B. B. Inorg. Chem., 1972, 11, 1280-1284.
Pritchett, T. M.; Sun, W.; Guo, F.; Zhang, B.; Ferry, M. J.; Rogers-Haley, J. E.; Shensky III, W.; Mott, A. G. Opt. Lett., 2008, 33, 1053-1055.
Pucci, A.; Ruggeri, G. J. Mater. Chem., 2011, 21, 8282-8291.
Puigmarti-Luis, J.; Rubio-Martínez, M.; Hartfelder, U.; Imaz, I.; Maspoch, D.; Dittrich, P. S. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2011, 133, 4216-4219.
Ramesh, G. V.; Porel, S.; Radhakrishnan, T. P. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2009, 38, 2646-2656.
Ratna, D.; Kocsis, J. K. J. Mater. Sci., 2008, 43, 254–269.
Rieth, S.; Baddeley, C.; Badjić, J. D. Soft Matter, 2007, 3, 137–154.
Rifai, S.; Breen, C. A.; Solis, D. J.; Swager, T. M. Chem. Mater., 2006, 18, 21-25.
241
Rivera, E. J.; Barbosa, C.; Torres, R.; Grove, L.; Taylor, S.; Connick, W. B.; Clearfield, A.; Colón, J. L. J. Mater. Chem., 2011, 21, 15899-15902.
Rivera, E. J.; Figueroa, C.; Colón, J. L.; Grove, L.; Connick, W. B. Inorg. Chem., 2007, 46, 8569-8576.
Sabbatini, N.; Guardigli, M.; Lehn, J.-M. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 1993, 123, 201–228.
Sagara, Y.; Kato, T. Nat. Chem., 2009, 1, 605-610.
Sakamoto, M.; Tachikawa, T.; Fujitsuka, M.; Majima, T. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2007, 17, 857-862.
Schmatloch, S.; van den Berg, A. M. J.; Alexeev, A. S.; Hofmeier, H.; Schubert, U. S. Macromolecules, 2003, 36, 9943–9949.
Schubert, U. S.; Eschbaumer, C. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 2002, 41, 2892-2926.
Serna, P.; Boronat, M.; Corma, A. Top. Catal., 2011, 54, 439-446.
Serpe, M. J.; Craig, S. L. Langmuir, 2007, 23, 1626–1634.
Shang, L.; Wang, Y.; Huang, L.; Dong, S. Langmuir, 2007, 23, 7738-7744.
Shao, P.; Li, Y.; Sun, W. Organometallics, 2008, 27, 2743-2749.
Shikhova, E.; Danilov, E. O.; Kinayyigit, S.; Pomestchenko, I. E.; Tregubov, A. D.; Camerel, F.; Retailleau, P.; Ziessel, R.; Castellano, F. N. Inorg. Chem., 2007, 46, 3038- 3048.
Shimizu, L. S. Polym. Int., 2007, 56, 444–452.
242
Shin, D. O.; Jeong, J. -R.; Han, T. H.; Koo, C. M.; Park, H. -J.; Lim, Y. T.; Kim, S. O. J. Mater. Chem., 2010, 20, 7241-7247.
Sholrollahi, P.; Mirzadeh, H.; Scherman, O. A.; Huck, W. T. S. J. Biomed. Mater. Res., Part A, 2010, 95A, 209–221.
Shunmugam, R.; Tew, G. N. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 127, 13567-13572.
Shunmugam, R.; Tew, G.N. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2008, 29, 1355-1362.
Sievers, T. K.; Vergin, A.; Möhwald, H.; Kurth, D. G. Langmuir, 2007, 23, 12179-12184.
Silva, A. M. B.; de Araujo, C. B.; Santos-Silva, S.; Galembeck, A. J. Phys. Chem. Solids, 2007, 68, 729-733.
Sim, H. G.; Ahn, K. H.; Lee, S. J. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech., 2003, 112, 237–250.
Sivakova, S.; Bohnsack, D. A.; Mackay, M. E.; Suwanmala, P.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 127, 18202–18211.
Small, W., IV; Metzger, M. F.; Wilson, T. S.; Maitland, D. J. IEEE J. Sel. Top. Quantum Electron., 2005, 11, 892–901.
Small, W., IV; Wilson, T. S.; Benett, W. J.; Loge, J. M.; Maitland, D. J. Opt. Express, 2005, 13, 8204–8213.
Sokolowski, W.; Metcalfe, A.; Hayashi, S.; Yahia, L.; Raymond, J. Biomed. Mater., 2007, 2, S23–S27.
South, C. R.; Pinon, V.; Weck, M. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 2008, 47, 1425–1428.
Tam, A. Y. Y.; Lam, W. H.; Wong, K. M. C.; Zhu, N.; Yam, V. W. W. Chem. Eur. J., 2008, 14, 4562-4576.
243 ten Brinke, G.; Ruokolainen, J.; Ikkala, O. Adv. Polym. Sci., 2007, 207, 113–177.
Tew, G. N.; Aamer, K. A.; Shunmugam, R. Polymer, 2005, 46, 8440-8447.
Tong, Q. X.; Li, X. H.; Wu, L. Z.; Yang, Q. Z.; Zhang, L. P.; Tung, C. H. Chinese J. Chem., 2004, 22, 1204-1207. van Beek, D. J. M.; Spiering, A. J. H.; Peters, G. W. M.; te Nijenhuis, K.; Sijbesma, R. P. Macromolecules, 2007, 40, 8464–8475.
Vermonden, T.; van der Gucht, J.; de Waard, P.; Marcelis, A. T. M.; Besseling, N. A. M.; Sudhölter, E. J. R.; Fleer, G. J.; Cohen Stuart, M. A. Macromolecules, 2003, 36, 7035– 7044.
Vermonden, T.; van Steenbergen, M. J.; Besseling, N. A. M.; Marcelis, A. T. M.; Hennink, W. E.; Sudhölter; E. J. R.; Cohen Stuart, M. A. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 15802–15808.
Wadas, T. J.; Wang, Q. M.; Kim, Y. J.; Flaschenreim, C.; Blanton, T. N.; Eisenberg, R. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2004, 126, 16841-16849.
Wang, D.; Fujinami, S.; Liu, H.; Nakajima, K.; Nishi, T. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 5521-5523.
Wang, K.; Haga, M. A.; Monjushiro, H.; Akiba, M.; Sasaki, Y. Inorg. Chem., 2000, 39, 4022-4028.
Wang, S. H.; Chen, C.- C.; Dormidontova, E. E. Soft Matter, 2008, 4, 2039–2053.
Weber, W. G.; McLeary, J. B.; Sanderson, R. D. Tetrahedron Lett., 2006, 47, 4771-4774.
Weck, M. Polym. Int., 2007, 56, 453–460.
244
Weigel, T.; Mohr, R.; Lendlein, A. Smart Mater. Struct., 2009, 18, 1–9.
Weiss, R. A.; Izzo, E.; Mandelbaum, S. Macromolecules, 2008, 41, 2978–2980.
Weng, W.; Beck, J. B.; Jamieson, A. M.; Rowan, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2006, 128, 11663–11672.
Weng, W.; Li, Z.; Jamieson, A. M.; Rowan, S. J. Macromolecules, 2009, 42, 236–246.
Weng, W.; Li, Z.; Jamieson, A. M.; Rowan, S. J. Soft Matter, 2009, 5, 4647–4657.
Whittell, G. R.; Hager, M. D.; Schubert, U. S.; Manners, I. Nat. Mater., 2011, 10, 176- 188.
Whittell, G. R.; Manners, I. Adv. Mater., 2007, 19, 3439-3468.
Wietor, J.-L.; van Beek, D. J. M.; Peters, G. W.; Mendes, E.; Sijbesma, R. P. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 1211–1219.
Williams, J. A. G. Top. Curr. Chem., 2007, 281, 205-268.
Wojtecki, R. J.; Meador, M. A.; Rowan, S. J. Nat. Mater., 2011, 10, 14–27.
Woodward, P. J.;Merino, D. H.;Greenland, B.W.;Hamley, I.W.; Light, Z.; Slark, A. T.; Hayes, W. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 2512–2517.
Wu, F. –I.; Yang, X. –H.; Neher, D.; Dodda, R.; Tseng, Y. –H.; Shu, C. –F. Adv. Funct. Mater., 2007, 17, 1786-1798.
Wu, P. –T.; Bull, T.; Kim, F. S.; Luscombe, C. K.; Jenekhe, S. A. Macromolecules, 2009, 43, 671-681.
Xie, Z.; Ma, L.; deKrafft, K. E.; Jin, A.; Lin, W. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2010, 132, 922-923.
245
Xu, D. H.; Liu, C. Y.; Craig, S. L. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 2343–2353.
Xu, D.; Hawk, J. L.; Loveless, D. M.; Jeon, S. L.; Craig, S. L. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 3556-3565.
Xu, D.; Craig, S. L. J. Phys. Chem. Lett., 2010, 1, 1683–1686.
Xu, D.; Craig, S. L. Macromolecules, 2011, 44, 5465–5472.
Yakacki, C. M.; Satarkar, N. S.; Gall, K.; Likos, R.; Hilt, J. Z. J. Appl. Polym. Sci., 2009, 112, 3166–3176.
Yam, V. W. W.; Chan, K. H. Y.; Wong, K. M. C.; Zhu, N. Chem. Eur. J., 2005, 11, 4535-4543.
Yan, Y.; Huang, J. Coordin. Chem. Rev., 2010, 254, 1072-1080.
Yang, C. H.; Qiu, H. J. Chem. Phys., 1986, 84, 416-423.
Yang, S. K.; Ambade, A. V.; Weck, M. Chem. Soc. Rev., 2011, 40, 129-137.
Yang, S. K.; Ambade, A. V.; Weck, M. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2010, 132, 1637-1645.
Yount, W. C.; Loveless, D. M.; Craig, S. L. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005, 127, 14488-14498.
Yu, S. C.; Kwok, C. C.; Chan, W. K.; Chen, C. M. Adv. Mater., 2003, 15, 1643-1647.
Yu, Y.; Ikeda, T. Macromol. Chem. Phys., 2005, 206, 1705–1708.
Yuen, F.; Tam, K. C. Soft Matter, 2010, 6, 4613–4630.
Zhang, D.; Wu, L. Z.; Yang, Q. Z.; Li, X. H.; Zhang, L. P.; Tung, C. H. Org. Lett., 2003, 5, 3221-3224.
246
Zhang, J.; Gao, Y. Alvarez-Puebla, R. A.; Buriak, J. M.; Fenniri, H. Adv. Mater., 2006, 18, 3233-3237.
Zhang, J.; Lodge, T. P.; Macosko, C. W. J. Polym. Sci. Part B: Polym. Phys., 2009, 47, 2313-2319.
Zhang, S.; Yu, Z.; Govender, T.; Luo, H.; Li, B. Polymer, 2008, 49, 3205–3210.
Zhao, Q.; Liu, S. –J.; Huang, W. Macromol. Rapid Commun., 2010, 31, 794-807.
Zhao, Y.; Beck, J. B.; Rowan, S. J.; Jamieson, A. M. Macromolecules, 2004, 37, 3529– 3531.
Zhou, J.; Schmidt, A. M.; Ritter, H. Macromolecules, 2010, 43, 939–942.
247